Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Hattersley Technical Web 0813 v3
Hattersley Technical Web 0813 v3
Hattersley Technical Web 0813 v3
WATER
HEATING
VENTILATION
New
AIR CON
GAS
Now
includes
Technical Guide
TCV
DPCV
PRV
Press-Fit
INTRODUCTION
About Hattersley
The origins of Hattersley
date to 1897, when
20 year-old Richard
Hattersley started a
small tool-making
business in Halifax.
In the early 1900s he
relocated to Ormskirk,
and in 1910 he joined with three other
engineering companies, including
Newman Hender & Co. of Woodchester,
to form United Brassfounders & Engineers.
By 1937 Hattersley & Newman Hender
both enjoyed worldwide sales, with
Hattersley exporting to some 73 countries.
During the second world war, both
companies entered war production,
making fuses for armaments, brass rods
for munitions factories and, of course,
special valves for military purposes.
In 2004, Crane Limited purchased the
Hattersley valve brand and business from
Hattersley Newman Hender Limited,
a subsidiary of Tomkins plc.
Quality Assurance
Rigid quality control and inspection at all
stages of manufacture ensure that Hattersley
products are suitable for their intended
application and will give reliable service.
Every valve is individually tested in
accordance with the relevant product
standard.
Hattersley is an approved manufacturer
under various quality schemes, including
the British Standard Institution (BSI) Kitemark,
and is ISO9001:2008 accredited. In addition,
the company has been approved and/or
listed by third party organisations including
the United Kingdom Water Regulations
Advisory Scheme.
Future
Today, the Hattersley brand is synonymous
with quality, reliability and service to the very
highest standards, and has industry
experience in many market sectors including
heating and ventilation, chemicals, textiles,
drugs, waste treatment and power
generation. Hattersley can supply a skilfully
engineered solution for every application.
Flagship products include a full range of
commissioning valves suitable for constant
and variable flow systems.
Cover photo:
Project: The Cube, Birmingham
Distributor: BSS
Contractor: Robert Prettie & Co.
Sector: Mixed Use
2
CONTENTS
Contents
PUBLIC HEALTH RANGE
INTRODUCTION
About Hattersley
Sister Brands
List of Symbols
Valve Selection Guide
2
4-5
7
8-10
BALANCING VALVES
Balancing Automatic
11
Balancing Static
21
51
Hook-Up II
57
68
75
MultiComm
79
ProComm
81
Introduction
205
Ball Valve
206
Check Valves
207
Non-Return Valve
208
209
212
217
NABIC
NABIC Safety & Control Valves
223
BROWNALL
Brownall Plant Room Valves
237
MISCELLANEOUS
TRADITIONAL VALVES
Flange Tables
243
83
Typical Kv Values
253
Ball Valves
85
Quality Assurance
255
Butterfly Valves
99
Air Vents/De-Aerators
Check Valves
115
Gate Valves
129
HATTERSLEY PROJECTS
151
Hattersley Projects
Globe Valves
155
163
Press-Fit Valves
177
Radiator Valves
187
Strainers
197
257
258-259
SISTER BRANDS
Sister Brands
www.baa.com/photolibrary
Today, Hattersley is a
leading brand of Crane
Building Services & Utilities,
and is joined by an array of
complementary building
services brands which
include NABIC, Brownall,
Wade, Rhodes and IAT.
Heathrow Terminal 5 is equipped with a range of
Hattersley products.
SISTER BRANDS
TM
S Shand-Brown
List of Symbols
3PMV
Isolating valve
IV
100
950/970
1432
DRV
M541
2PMV
1832
Orifice plate
OP
1000
MH733
Pressure gauge
M2000/3000/4000
Strainer
MH737
STR
817
820
920
Non-Return valve
NRV
47
860/865
Flexible coupling
Pump
FC
TP
1732
Test point
MH2733
631
750
4PMV
F400
R400
DPCV
Combination valve
305
AUTO FLOW
305F
PICV
CV
81HU
MAV
0813_v3
TRV
3180
Note: Product codes listed are the most popular, check valve sections for other choices.
Valve Type
Size Range
CHW
Ball / Gate
15mm - 50mm
100 / 30
100 / 30
100-EXT / 30
33-PN32 Gate
Isolation
Butterfly
65mm - 300mm 950, 970 or 4970 950, 970 or 4970 950, 970 or 4970
4990-PN25 (2)
Swing
15mm - 50mm
47
47
47
48
Wafer / Swing
65mm - 300mm
860 / 651
860 / 651
860 / 651
M650-PN25 Swing
Check
15mm - 50mm
Double Check
65mm - 300mm
DRV
15mm - 50mm
1432
1432
1432
1200DR-PN40
Regulating(1)
Butterfly DRV /
Globe
65mm - 300mm
953W / MH733
953W / MH733
953W / MH733
4993-PN25(2)
Flow
Measurement(1)
Metering
Stations
15mm - 50mm
1000
1000
1000
M4000-PN40
65mm - 300mm
M2000-PN16
M2000-PN16
M2000-PN16
M3000-PN40
FODRV
15mm - 50mm
1732
1732
1732
5200-PN40
Commissioning(1)
FODRV
65mm - 300mm
MH2733
MH2733
MH2733
Metrex Units
65mm - 300mm
5953 / 5973
5953 / 5973
5953 / 5973
DPCV*
Flow or Return
Mount
15mm - 50mm
F400 / R400
F400 / R400
F400 / R400
Return Mount
50mm - 250mm
VFG2 + AFP.
VFG2 + AFP.
VFG2 + AFP.
10mm - 50mm
305
305
305
50mm - 250mm
305F
305F
305F
DRV
15mm - 50mm
1432.PF
1432.PF
1432.PF
FODRV
15mm - 50mm
1732.PF
1732.PF
1732.PF
100.PF
PICV*
Press-Fit
Motorflow
(Control)(1)
Automatic Flow
Balancing*
Strainers
Drains
Thermostatic
Mixing Valves
Radiator Valves
Thermostatic
Radiator Valves
Ball
15mm - 50mm
100.PF
100.PF
Check
15mm - 50mm
47.PF
47.PF
47.PF
Strainer
15mm - 50mm
817.PF
817.PF
817.PF
15mm - 20mm
1832
1832
1832
15mm - 50mm
1050 / 1051
1050 / 1051
1050 / 1051
65mm - 300mm
2050
2050
2050
15mm - 50mm
817
817
817
65mm - 300mm
820 / 920
820 / 920
820 / 920
Plant/Rm
81HU
81HU
81HU
General
371
371
371
M3000/4993(2)
807
15mm - 20mm
Wheel
Angle Pattern
Lockshield
Standard
Angle Pattern
Remote
3150
3300LS
3180
3075/2RS
Straight Pattern
Straight Pattern
3250
3400LS
3280
3275/RS
0813_v3
Application
Valve
Type
Size Range
Mains
Cold Water
Hot &
Cold Water
Services
Gate
15mm - 50mm
30C
30C
13
950W / 970W
17PN16
(to 80mm)
42
Isolation
Butterfly 65mm - 300mm 950W / 970W
Swing
15mm - 50mm
47
47
In-Line
65mm - 300mm
761
761
Steam
(Sat)
Condensate
to 10Bar
Check
Double Check
Regulating(1)
Flow
Measurement(1)
15mm - 50mm
249C / 249
65mm - 300mm
2761
15mm - 50mm
1432 / 1432L
65mm - 300mm
953W
15mm - 50mm
1000
65mm - 300mm
M2000
15mm - 50mm
1732
65mm - 300mm
5953W
0123
Air
Gas
(Isolation)
Main
incoming gas
M541-PN16 951W / 971W to building
65mm 300mm
47
971YL (FL
M651-PN16
Butterfly)
Inside
building
15mm 50mm
HNH Fig.
100YL (Ball)
65mm 200mm
201M-PN16
(Plug)
30
113 Ball
Commissioning(1)
Motorflow
(Control)(1)
Automatic Flow
Balancing
15mm - 20mm
15mm - 50mm
65mm - 300mm
15mm - 50mm
817
807
Strainers
65mm - 300mm
Drains
Thermostatic
Mixing Valves
Plant/Rm
81HU
General
371
15mm - 20mm
77 / 78
113
Wheel
Radiator Valves
Lockshield
Thermostatic
Radiator Valves
Standard
Thermal Control
Valves (TCV)
Remote
2900 / 2910
0813_v3
Valve Type
Size Range
CHW
With FODRV
15mm - 25mm
H266, H268
C266, C268
With Motorised
FODRV
15mm - 25mm
H267, H269
C267, C269
With Autoflow
15mm - 25mm
With PICV
15mm - 25mm
15mm - 25mm
H262, H264
C262, C264
H366P, H368P,
H370P
H366PF, H36PF8,
H370PF
BALANCING VALVES
Application
Valve Type
Size Range
CHW
DPCV
Flow or Return
Mount
15mm - 50mm
F400 / R400
F400 / R400
F400 / R400
Return Mount
50mm - 250mm
VFG2 + AFP.
VFG2 + AFP.
VFG2 + AFP.
10mm - 50mm
305
305
305
PICV
Automatic Flow
Balancing
50mm - 250mm
305F
305F
305F
15mm - 50mm
1050 / 1051
1050 / 1051
1050 / 1051
65mm - 300mm
2050
2050
2050
Size
COMPACT HOOK-UP
Signal at
1kPa
Signal at
4.6kPa
1000L / 1732L
1/2"
0.503
0.014
0.030
1000M / 1732M
1/2"
1.003
0.028
0.060
1000 / 1732
1/2"
1.943
0.054
0.116
1000 / 1732
3/4"
4.181
0.116
0.249
1000 / 1732
1"
7.46
0.207
0.444
1000 / 1732
11/4"
15.33
0.426
0.913
1000 / 1732
11/2"
23.06
0.641
1.374
1000 / 1732
2"
47.7
1.325
2.842
M2000 / MH2733
65
98.58
2.74
5.87
M2000 / MH2733
80
137.4
3.82
8.19
M2000 / MH2733
100
224.9
6.25
13.40
M2000 / MH2733
125
341.1
9.48
20.32
M2000 / MH2733
150
491.5
13.7
29.3
M2000 / MH2733
200
835.4
23.2
49.8
M2000 / MH2733
250
1252
34.8
74.6
M2000 / MH2733
300
1818
50.5
108.3
Fig. No.
Description
266H
266C
267H
267C
268H
268C
262H
262C
0813_v3
10
11
25 bar
120C
Fig. 1050
Fig. 1051
Fig. 2050
12
Velocity
(m/s)
0.25
0.25
0.24
0.23
0.25
Maximum
Flow (l/s)
34
60
94
128
162
Velocity
1.79
1.79
1.76
1.70
1.82
Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.021
0.032
0.042
0.047
0.056
0.063
0.079
0.095
0.110
0.126
0.142
0.158
0.166
0.174
0.189
0.221
0.253
0.284
0.316
0.379
0.442
3/4"
Recommended
Minimum Flow (l/s)
4.7
8.5
12.6
17.7
22.7
0813_v3
Code
T
Y
U
Z
V
A
AX
AY
AZ
B
BX
BY
BU
BZ
C
CY
D
DY
E
F
G
Cartridge
Size (inch)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.10
0.16
0.21
0.23
0.28
0.31
0.39
0.47
0.54
0.62
0.70
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.93
1.09
1.24
1.40
1.55
1.86
2.17
Code
T
Y
U
Z
V
A
AX
AY
AZ
B
BX
BY
BU
BZ
C
CY
D
DY
E
F
G
H
Cartridge
Size (inch)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.06
0.09
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.17
0.22
0.26
0.30
0.34
0.39
0.43
0.45
0.47
0.52
0.60
0.69
0.78
0.86
1.03
1.21
1.38
Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.021
0.032
0.042
0.047
0.056
0.063
0.079
0.095
0.110
0.126
0.142
0.158
0.166
0.174
0.189
0.221
0.253
0.284
0.316
0.379
0.442
0.505
13
FLOW RATES
1" Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.042
0.047
0.064
0.079
0.095
0.110
0.126
0.158
0.169
0.189
0.221
0.253
0.284
0.316
0.379
0.442
0.505
0.568
0.631
0.694
0.758
0.821
0.884
0.947
1.010
1.073
1.136
Code
U
Z
A
AX
AY
AZ
B
BY
BU
C
CY
D
DY
E
F
G
H
I
AO
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
Cartridge
Size (inch)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.07
0.08
0.11
0.13
0.16
0.19
0.22
0.27
0.29
0.32
0.38
0.43
0.49
0.54
0.65
0.75
0.86
0.97
1.08
1.19
1.29
1.40
1.51
1.62
1.73
1.83
1.94
Code
C
CY
D
DY
E
F
G
H
I
AO
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AI
Cartridge
Size (inch)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.19
0.22
0.25
0.28
0.31
0.37
0.43
0.50
0.56
0.62
0.68
0.74
0.81
0.87
0.93
0.99
1.05
1.12
1.18
11/4" Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.189
0.221
0.253
0.284
0.316
0.375
0.442
0.505
0.568
0.631
0.694
0.758
0.821
0.884
0.947
1.010
1.073
1.136
1.199
14
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
FLOW RATES
11/2" Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.442
0.505
0.568
0.631
0.694
0.758
0.821
0.884
0.947
1.010
1.073
1.136
1.199
1.263
1.389
1.515
1.641
1.768
1.894
2.020
2.146
2.273
2.399
2.525
2.651
2.778
Code
G
H
I
AO
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AI
BO
BB
BD
BF
BH
CO
CB
CD
CF
CH
DO
DB
DD
Cartridge
Size (inch)
0.75
0.75
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.32
0.37
0.41
0.46
0.50
0.55
0.60
0.64
0.69
0.73
0.78
0.82
0.87
0.92
1.01
1.10
1.19
1.28
1.37
1.46
1.56
1.65
1.74
1.83
1.92
2.01
Code
AC
AD
AE
BO
BB
BD
BF
BH
CO
CB
CD
CF
CH
DO
DB
DD
DF
DH
EO
Cartridge
Size (inch)
1.25
1.25
1.25
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.37
0.40
0.43
0.57
0.63
0.69
0.74
0.80
0.86
0.92
0.97
1.03
1.09
1.14
1.20
1.26
1.32
1.37
1.43
2" Body
Flow
(l/s)
0.821
0.884
0.947
1.263
1.389
1.515
1.641
1.768
1.894
2.020
2.146
2.273
2.399
2.525
2.651
2.778
2.904
3.030
3.157
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
15
Code
AI
BO
BB
BD
BF
BH
CO
CB
CD
CF
CH
DO
DB
DD
DF
DH
EO
EB
EF
FO
FD
FH
GB
Cartridge
Size (inch)
1.25
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.32
0.34
0.37
0.41
0.44
0.48
0.51
0.54
0.58
0.61
0.65
0.68
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.89
0.95
1.02
1.09
1.16
1.23
Code
CD
CF
CH
DO
DB
DD
DF
DH
EO
EB
EF
FO
FD
FH
GB
GE
HO
HE
IO
IE
AOO
AOE
AAO
AAE
ABO
ABE
ACO
ACE
Cartridge
Size (inch)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.42
0.44
0.47
0.49
0.52
0.54
0.57
0.59
0.62
0.64
0.69
0.74
0.79
0.84
0.89
0.93
0.99
1.05
1.11
1.17
1.23
1.30
1.36
1.42
1.48
1.54
1.60
1.67
16
0813_v3
Flow
(l/s)
2.146
2.273
2.399
2.525
2.651
2.778
2.904
3.030
3.157
3.283
3.535
3.788
4.040
4.293
4.545
4.735
5.050
5.366
5.682
5.997
6.313
6.629
6.944
7.260
7.576
7.891
8.207
8.523
FLOW RATES
4" Body ANSI (fittings provided for installation in PN16 rated systems)
Flow
(l/s)
5.366
5.682
5.997
6.313
6.629
6.944
7.260
7.576
7.891
8.207
8.523
8.838
9.154
9.470
9.785
10.101
10.416
10.732
11.048
11.363
11.679
11.995
12.310
12.626
12.942
13.257
13.573
13.889
14.204
14.520
14.836
15.151
15.467
15.783
16.098
16.414
16.729
17.045
Code
HE
IO
IE
AOO
AOE
AAO
AAE
ABO
ABE
ACO
ACE
ADO
ADE
AEO
AEE
AFO
AFE
AGO
AGE
AHO
AHE
AIO
AIE
BOO
BOE
BAO
BAE
BBO
BBE
BCO
BCE
BDO
BDE
BEO
BEE
BFO
BFE
GO
Cartridge
Size (inch)
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/B
3/2
3/2
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
3/3
Pipe Velocity
(m/s)
0.62
0.65
0.69
0.73
0.77
0.81
0.84
0.87
0.91
0.95
0.98
1.02
1.06
1.09
1.13
1.16
1.20
1.24
1.27
1.31
1.35
1.38
1.42
1.46
1.49
1.53
1.56
1.60
1.64
1.67
1.71
1.75
1.78
1.82
1.86
1.89
1.93
1.96
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
17
CFC
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Cover
Seals
Drain Plug
Test Point
Flow Cartridge
Flow Cartridge
Adaptor
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
21 bar at 120C
25 bar up to 100C
C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 37.5 bar
Specification D
BS EN
ASTM
Material
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
10270 X10CrNr18-8
12164 CW619N
A276-304
SPECIFICATION
Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Autoflow regulator is factory set for
correct flow.
Cartridge removable from body to provide
access for change, inspection and cleaning
without removing body from pipeline.
Supplied with two Figure 631 test points.
28
A
24
Nom
Size
in
A
mm
B
mm
C (Approx)
mm
E
(BS21 Pl)
Weight
kg
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
101
51
56
106
51
56
141
68
60
148
68
60
177
104
65
179
104
65
1/4
1/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
0.52
0.55
0.98
1.1
2.2
2.4
Pressure bar
20
16
12
8
4
0
0
18
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
CFC
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Tail Pipe
Union Nut
Ball (hard
chrome plated)
Stem
Stem Seals
Seats
Cover
Drain Plug
Test Point
Flow Cartridge
Flow Cartridge
Adaptor
Seals
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
Brass
Brass
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
DZR Copper Alloy
Brass
Figure 631
Stainless Steel
Brass
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
-
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
10270 X10CrNr18-8
12164 CW614N
EPDM
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
F
D
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Material
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 37.5 bar
A276-304
SPECIFICATION
Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Autoflow regulator factory set to
automatically ensure correct flow.
Cartridge removable from body to provide
access for change, inspection and cleaning
without removing body from pipeline.
Supplied with two Figure 631 test points.
A
E
28
24
221
68
60
66
253
103
65
87
253
103
65
87
1/4
1/4
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
100
1.1
100
1.1
120
2.3
120
2.3
140
4.6
140
4.6
Pressure bar
219
68
60
66
16
2in
160
51
56
51
n
/i
157
51
56
51
1 2
11/2
11/4
12
8
4
0
0
/ in
to
3/4
3 4
20
in
A
mm
B
mm
C (Approx)
mm
D
mm
E
(BS21 Pl)
F
mm
Weight
kg
1/2
o
/ t
1 2
1 4
Nom
Size
1in
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
19
Fig. 2050
Ductile Iron Autoflow
CFC
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Flow Cartridge
Adaptor
Test Points
Flow Cartridge
Seals
Drain Plug
Eye Bolt
Specification D
BS EN
ASTM
Material
Ductile Iron
Brass
Figure 631
Nickel Plated Brass
EPDM
Brass
Steel
12164 CW614N
-
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
FLOW
Shell: 24 bar
D
SPECIFICATION
Ductile iron body designed to fit between
ANSI 150 flanges. A pair of ANSI 150
slip-on flanges will be supplied with the
assembly where required for installation
into BS1387 tube.
18
16
14
mm
in
65
21/2
80
3
100
4
150
6
mm
in
B (Approx)
mm
in
D
mm
in
*Weight (max) kg
148
5.82
108
4.25
6.1
223
8.78
127
5.00
10
244
8.78
155
6
173
6.82
12
258
8.78
175
7
216
8.50
19
200
8
250
10
300
12
279
279
279
8.78 8.78 8.78
205
235
250
8
9
10
280
340
406
11.00 13.35 16.00
30
35
53
350
14
279
8.78
300
12
450
17.72
69
Pressure bar
Nom
Size
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
20
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Commissioning
Set (CS)
Fig. No.
Metering
Station (MS)
Fig. No.
Double Regulating
Valve (DRV)
Fig. No.
End
Connections
1732 / 1832
1000
1432
Screwed
1732C / 1832C
1000
1432C
Compression
15-54mm
Bronze/DZR
Chilled Water
1732L / 1832L
1000L
1432
Screwed
1/2"
Bronze/DZR
LTHW, MTHW
1732LC / 1832LC
1000L
1432C
Compression
15mm
Bronze/DZR
1732M / 1832M
1000M
1432
Screwed
1/2"
Bronze/DZR
1732MC / 1832MC
1000M
1432C
Compression
15mm
Bronze/DZR
5200
1200DR
Flanged
15-50mm
Bronze
4000
Stainless Steel
HTHW
Size
Range
1/2
- 2"
Body
Material
Bronze/DZR
VODRV
Fig. No.
End
Connections
Size Range
Body
Material
Chilled Water
LTHW MTHW
HTHW
1432
M737
1200DRV
Screwed
Flanged
Flanged
1/2 - 2"
50-300mm
15-50mm
DZR
Cast Iron
Bronze
Preferred Arrangement
F
IV
Terminal
R
CS
21
Fig. 631
Standard Pressure Test Points (max 120C)
BS 7350
When fitted to measuring devices
and strainers, test points are
supplied with cap retainers in red
and blue for upstream and
downstream port identification. This
meets the requirements of BS 7350.
TP
36mm
68mm
Elastomer Seal
22
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. 750
High Pressure Test Points (max 180C)
TP
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
50mm
30mm
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
23
Fig. 1000
DZR Brass Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS
OP
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Metering Station
Test Point
Material
Specification
BS EN
DZR Brass
Figure 631
12165 CW602N
-
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
Threaded Ends
PN20 Series B
15 bar at 120C
20 bar from -10 to 100C
TEST PRESSURES
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990.
WRAS Approved Product.
Supplied fitted with two Figure 631 test points
Figure 1000 end connections threaded to
BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Taper female with the exception of the 1/2" inlet
which is parallel.
Shell: 30 bar
20
Threaded Ends
mm
in
1/2
15
3/4
22
28
1
32
11/4
40
11/2
50
2
A (Threaded)
B
Weight
mm
mm
kg
57
55
0.29
58
61
0.30
66
65
0.40
72
71
0.50
72
73
0.54
82
79
0.77
Pressure bar
16
12
0
0
24
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Metering Station
Test Point
TEST PRESSURES
B
Material
Specification
BS EN
DZR Brass
Figure 631
12165 CW602N
-
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
Threaded Ends
PN20 Series B
15 bar at 120C
20 bar from -10 to 100C
OP
Shell: 30 bar
SPECIFICATION
Generally in accordance with BS 7350:1990.
WRAS Approved Product.
Supplied fitted with two Figure 631 test points.
Outlet connection taper threaded BS EN 10266
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Inlet connection screwed BS 2779 (ISO 228)
parallel.
Suitable for use with flow rates down to 0.01l/s.
20
Threaded Ends
mm
in
1/2
15
A (Threaded)
B
Weight
mm
mm
kg
57
55
0.29
Pressure bar
16
12
0
0
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
25
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Handwheel
Stem
Stem Seals
Disc
Disc Seal (1-2")
Bonnet
Body
Material
Plastic
DZR copper alloy
EPDM
DZR copper alloy
PTFE
DZR copper alloy
Bronze
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
Threaded Ends
BS 7350 PN20
17.2 bar at 120C
20 bar at -10 to 100C
Compressions Ends
5 bar at 120C
6 bar at 110C
10 bar at 65C
16 bar from -10 to 30C
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 30 bar
Seat: 22 bar
Specification
BS EN
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
1982 CC491K
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990.
Handwheel operated.
Numerical indicator.
Inside screw non-rising handwheel.
Characterised regulating disc.
Flow charts available.
End connections threaded.
Sizes 1 to 2" taper threaded BS EN 10266
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel.
Sizes DN15 & DN20 when used with
compression. adaptors suitable for copper
pipe to BS EN 1057 R250 (half hard).
WRAS Approved Product.
APPLICATION
20
A
mm
A (Compression) mm
B
mm
Weight
kg
1/2L
1/2
3/4
87
105
110
0.54
87
105
110
0.54
96
118
111
0.58
11/4
11/2
100 114
132 133
0.88 1.05
125
148
1.43
146
149
1.88
si
res
mp
Co
in
Pressure bar
16
Threaded Ends
12
on
0
0
En
ds
26
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
FOCS
4
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Handwheel
Stem
Stem Seals
Disc
Disc Seal (1-2")
Bonnet
Body
Orifice Insert
Figure 631 Test Valve
Plastic
DZR copper alloy
EPDM
DZR copper alloy
PTFE
DZR copper alloy
Bronze
DZR copper alloy
DZR copper alloy
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
Threaded Ends
BS 7350 PN20
17.2 bar at 120C
20 bar at -10 to 100C
Compressions Ends
5 bar at 120C
6 bar at 110C
10 bar at 65C
16 bar from -10 to 30C
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 30 bar
Seat: 22 bar
B
Specification
BS EN
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990.
Handwheel operated.
Numerical indicator.
Inside screw non-rising handwheel.
Characterised regulating disc.
Integral fixed orifice.
Supplied with two Figure 631 test points.
Flow charts available.
End connections threaded.
Sizes 1 to 2" taper threaded
BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Sizes 1/2 & 3/4" to ISO 228 parallel.
Sizes DN15 & DN20 when used with
compression adaptors suitable for copper
pipe to BS EN 1057 R250 (half hard).
WRAS Approved Product.
20
A
mm
A (Compression) mm
B
mm
Weight
kg
1/2L
1/2M
87
105
110
0.61
87
105
110
0.61
1/2
3/4
11/4
87
96 100 114
105 118
110 111 132 133
0.61 0.65 0.95 1.13
11/2
125 146
148 149
1.52 1.98
si
res
mp
Co
in
Pressure bar
16
Threaded Ends
12
on
0
0
En
ds
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
27
FOCS
Fig. S1832
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No.
Component
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Material
Body
Bonnet
Stem
Flow Setting Key
Fig. 631 Pressure Tapping Point
Orifice Insert
Plug
Disc
Backing Washer
O-Ring Retainer
Crane Actuator (Optional Accessory)
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
11
11
.8
-+
NO
0
DI CL MIN .4
ME OS A
NS IN L
IO G
N
2
1
10
C APPROX
WITH CRANE ACTUATOR
M3
TH 0 X
RE 1.5
AD
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATINGS
The maximum static pressure is 16 bar, the maximum differential pressure is 1.2 bar.
Compression
Threaded
Temperature C
Pressure
bar
-10 to 100
110
120
Temperature C
25
14.8
13.5
Pressure
65
120
16
10
bar
Nom.
Size
DN15
DN15
DN15
DN20
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
C
87
66
115
87
66
115
87
66
115
96
66
115
Flow
(Kv)
1.245
0.667
0.58
2.300
Head
Loss (K)
30.27
90.42
325.80
34.55
END CONNECTIONS
OPERATOR
-10 to 30
KVs
2.2
1.1
0.58
4.7
Weight
(kg)
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.51
28
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. 1200DR
Bronze Double Regulating Valves
FEATURES & BENEFITS
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Stem
Gland Packing
Bonnet
Swivel Nut
Disc
Seat
Body
Manganese Bronze
Asbestos Free
Bronze
Manganese Bronze
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Bronze
B62
B62
Conforms to BS 7350:1990.
Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN40.
Fitted with parabolic regulating disc in
Stainless Steel, double regulating
device and indicator.
Flow charts available.
TEST PRESSURES
12164 CW721R
1982 CC491K
12164 CW721R
1982 CC491K
SPECIFICATION
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
Specification
ASTM
Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar
44
40
36
15
20
25
32
40
50
A
B (Open)
D
E (Open)
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
133
168
95
64
2.5
146
187
105
79
3.5
162
213
115
92
4.9
184
238
140
98
7.5
200
267
150
117
10
238
306
165
121
14
Pressure bar
32
Nom
Size
28
24
20
16
12
8
4
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
29
Fig. M2000
Stainless Steel Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS
OP
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
E
120C Max
BS EN
Stainless Steel
Extension Sleeve
Stainless Steel
Test Points
Figure 631
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
3
Material
DC
FLOW
TEST PRESSURE
Specification
ASTM
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
A276-316L
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
A276-316L
-
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS 7350:1990.
Outside diameter locates metering station
centrally on the relevant BS EN 1092-2
PN16 flange bolting.
Compatibility with other flanges available.
Supplied complete with extensions and
Figure 631 test points.
Flow charts available.
Shell: 24 bar
Use with Figure MH733 to make
Commissioning Set MH2733.
18
A
16
14
Nom
Size
mm
A
B
C
D
E
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
deg.
kg
50
65
20
20
119 123.5
109 129
53.1 68.8
90
90
1.4
1.5
80
100
125
150
200
20
20
20
20
20
129 134 146
159
175
144 164 194
220
275
80.8 105.1 130.1 156.1 204.2
90
90
90
90
90
1.8
2.2
2.6
3
4.4
250
300
20
195
331
255
90
5.7
20
218
386
305.8
90
7.1
Pressure bar
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
30
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. M2000
Stainless Steel Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
E
120C Max
DC
FLOW
Stainless Steel
Extension Sleeve
Stainless Steel
Test Points
Figure 631
TEST PRESSURE
Shell: 24 bar
Material
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
3
OP
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
AISI 316
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
AISI 316
-
SPECIFICATION
Outside diameter locates metering station
centrally on BS EN 1092-2 PN16 flange
bolting.
Adaptations to suit other flanges available.
Supplied complete with extensions and
Figure 631 test points.
Flow charts available.
NOTE
When used with a butterfly valve a minimum
of 5 diameters of straight length of same
diameter pipe as the valve must be fitted on
both sides of the metering station.
18
16
14
Nom
Size
mm
350
400
450
500
600
A
B
C
D
E
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
deg.
kg
21
217
446
339.5
90
12.4
21
236
498
388.7
90
14.5
21
256
585
433
90
18
23
280
620
492
90
22.1
23
321
737
592.4
90
36.1
Pressure bar
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
31
Fig. M3000
Stainless Steel Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS
OP
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Material
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Figure 750
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
10088-1 X2CrNiMo 17-12-2
AISI 316
-
SPECIFICATION
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING Outside diameter locates metering station
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
24
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
A
B
C
Weight
mm
mm
mm
kg
20
165
220
1.3
20
175
240
1.6
20
185
255
1.9
20
195
280
2.1
20
208
306
2.8
20
223
336
3.3
20
253
396
5.0
20
282
453
6.0
20
312
513
7.0
Note: Weight shown above includes extensions, test points, gaskets and box.
Pressure bar
20
16
12
8
4
0
0
32
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. M4000
Stainless Steel Metering Stations
FEATURES & BENEFITS
OP
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Metering Station
Stainless Steel
Valve Controlled
Test Point
Figure 750
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Conforms to BS 7350.
PN40 Series A
34 bar at 180C
40 bar from -10 to 120C
Note: The Valve Controlled Test Point
Figure 750 has a maximum working
temperature of 180C. If other test
points are fitted the maximum operating
temperature should be obtained from
the test point manufacturer.
B
C
D
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 60 bar
44
40
36
Nom
Size
mm
15
20
25
32
40
50
A
B
C
D
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
18
95
140
95
1.4
18
100
150
105
1.6
18
105
160
115
1.8
18
115
185
140
2.5
18
120
195
150
2.9
18
130
210
165
3.5
Pressure bar
32
28
24
20
16
12
8
4
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
33
Fig. MH733
Double Regulating Valve (DRV)
FEATURES & BENEFITS
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Bonnet
Bonnet gasket
Disc (All sizes)
Disc Bush
Stem
Gland (65 to 150mm)
Gland (200 to 300mm)
Gland Nut
Packing
Seat Ring
Material
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
Non-asbestos
EPDM Coated Cast Iron
Bronze
410 SS
Brass
Cast Iron
Brass
Non-asbestos
Bronze
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
APPLICATION
SPECIFICATION
Y-Pattern globe valve with a
characterised throttling disc and
ends flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
The valve opening may be set to control
flow at a pre-determined rate. Operation
of the valve is by means of a hand wheel
incorporating a micrometer device.
An ANSI version is also available
(MHA733).
65
290
80
310
100
350
125
400
150
480
200
600
250
730
300
850
* Fully open position
18
Centre-to-top
B (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Flow
(Kv)
Headloss
(K)
262
267
300
325
340
525
575
645
15.8
19.5
28.0
37.5
50.5
123.0
192.0
251.0
85
111
146
250
380
600
1211
1521
4.9
5.5
9.2
7.3
6.5
7.8
4.6
6.0
16
14
Pressure bar
DN
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
34
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. MH737
Variable Orifice Double Regulating Valve (VODRV)
FEATURES & BENEFITS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Bonnet
Bonnet gasket
Disc (All sizes)
Disc Bush
Stem
Gland (65 to 150mm)
Gland (200 to 300mm)
Gland Nut
Packing
Seat Ring
Material
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
Non-asbestos
EPDM Coated Cast Iron
Bronze
410 SS
Brass
Cast Iron
Brass
Non-asbestos
Bronze
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
APPLICATION
Primarily used in injection or other
circuits requiring a double
regulating valve for system
balancing. Accuracy of flow
measurement is 10% at the full
open position of the valve. Some
reduction in accuracy occurs at
partial openings of the valve in
accordance with BS 7350.
SPECIFICATION
These are Y-Pattern globe valves
suitable for flow regulation and isolation.
Valves are supplied with Figure 631 test
points to enable flow measurement.
Valves conform to requirements of
BS 7350 and ends are flanged to
BS EN 1092-2 (formerly BS 4504).
An ANSI version is also available
(MHA737).
65
290
80
310
100
350
125
400
150
480
200
600
250
730
300
850
* Fully open position
18
Centre-to-top
B (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Flow
(Kv)
Headloss
(K)
262
267
300
325
340
525
575
645
15.8
19.5
28.0
37.5
50.5
123.0
192.0
251.0
85
111
146
250
380
600
1211
1521
4.9
5.5
9.2
7.3
6.5
7.8
4.6
6.0
16
14
Pressure bar
DN
VOCS
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
35
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Shaft
Disc
Disc
Liner
Bearings
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Aluminium Bronze
Stainless Steel
EPDM
PTFE Coated Steel
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
SPECIFICATION
Valves up to and including 200mm
can be supplied lever operated or
fully enclosed gear operated.
All operators fitted with double
regulating feature.
Flow charts available.
EPDM Seat
16 bar from -10 up to 120C
SERVICE RATING
Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW
NOTE
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
18
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
16
Nom
Size
mm
50
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
65
80
257
150
57
32
219
260
145
9.9
14
Pressure bar
Fig. 953
200
A
305
197
63
44
268
356
193
16.4
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
C
G
E
D
Fig. 953G
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15
175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
15.5
80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
16.9
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
18.2
213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
20.5
225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
21.4
260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
29
292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
33.5
337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
45.8
368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
56.2
400
305
89
508
450
380
277
88.4
422
381
108
543
450
427
277
110.2
479
381
133
592
450
474
321
160.5
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
260
B
C
G
36
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Body
Shaft
Disc
Disc
Liner
Bearings
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Aluminium Bronze
Stainless Steel
EPDM
PTFE Coated Steel
Specification
ASTM
1561 EN-JLI030
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1982 CC333G
10270 X10CrNr18-8
-
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
A126 CI B
AISI 431
B148 C95800
A276 304
SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593: 2009.
Valves up to and including 200mm can be
supplied lever operated or fully enclosed
gear operated.
All operators fitted with double
regulating feature.
Flow charts available.
EPDM Seat
16 bar from -10 up to 120C
SERVICE RATING
Suitable for Chilled Water, LTHW and MTHW
TEST PRESSURES
NOTE
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
16
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
65
195 207
83 95
44 48
32 32
102 121
260 260
32 46
4
4.5
80
213
102
48
32
130
260
64
7.2
Pressure bar
Fig. 973
Nom
Size
14
245
136
57
32
197
260
111
13.5
257
150
57
32
219
260
145
14.9
305
197
63
44
268
356
193
24.1
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
B
K
C
G
Fig. 973G
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15.5
175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
16
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
18.7
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
24.1
213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
25
225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
26.4
260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
36.7
292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
47.1
337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
62.1
368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
84.9
400
305
89
508
450
380
277
123.8
422
381
108
543
450
427
277
139.7
479
381
133
592
450
474
321
215.5
600
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
337.3
B
C
G
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
37
Fig. 4983G
Ductile Iron Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Component
Material
Body
Plug
Liner
Shaft (lower)
Disc
Shaft (upper)
O-Ring
Lock Plate
Snap Ring
Gearbox
Specification
BS EN
Ductile Iron
Carbon Steel
EPDM
Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
EPDM
Brass
Carbon Steel
-
SPECIFICATION
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
H1
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar
N-M
mm
A
B
H
D
E
L
K
N-M
H-I
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
28
24
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
140
152
160
180
191
202
241
274
315
68
76
85
100
120
132
160
200
230
35
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
90
90
90
90
90
90
125
125
125
43
45
46
51.5
56
56.5
60
68.5
79.5
160
160
160
160
160
160
238
238
238
125
145
160
190
220
250
310
370
430
4-M16 8-M16 8-M16 8-M20 8-M24 8-M24 8-M24 12-M27 16-M27
172.5 184.5 192.5 212.5 223.5 234.5 278.0 311.0 366.0
10.0 10.8
11.0 13.0
16.0
18.5
29.8 40.0
53.0
20
Pressure bar
50
16
12
8
4
0
0
38
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
FOCS
4
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Valve
Test Points
Extension Sleeve
Housing
Orifice Plate
Figure 953G
Figure 631
Gunmetal
Cast Iron
(Nickel Plated)
Stainless Steel
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
J
SERVICE RATING
H
1400LG2
B62
1705 G-CuSn5ZnPb
1452 Gr220 A126 CI B 1691 GG22
970 316S31 AISI 316
SPECIFICATION
EPDM Seat
16 bar from -10 to 120C
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
A close coupled
commissioning set
comprising a lugged butterfly
valve and metering station to
offer all the advantages of the
close coupled concept
together with an accuracy
of 5% of flow rate.
Gear operation provides
infinitely variable settings
between fully open and
closed positions.
The commissioning set is
supplied as a single unit.
Specification
ASTM
DIN
BS EN
17440 X5CrNiMo1812
NOTE
The valve should be not
less than 30 open for
regulation duties. Wrench
operated version available
in sizes 50 to 200mm.
Figure 9973G available,
stainless steel disc.
18
16
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
A
B
H
J
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
dia
kg
133
135
182
123
125
10.0
151
145
190
123
125
10.8
166
160
197
123
125
11.0
192
165
219
123
125
13.0
221
180
232
123
125
16.0
246
190
254
123
125
18.5
300
225
278
123
125
29.8
358
255
281
228
300
40.0
418
275
306
228
300
53.0
Pressure bar
14
Nom
Size
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
39
FOCS
4
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Valve
Test Points
Extension Sleeve
Housing
Orifice Plate
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
Specification
ASTM
1982 CC491K
B62
1561 EN-JLI040
A126 Cl B
10088-1 XSCrNiMo 17-12-2
AISI 316
SPECIFICATION
EPDM Seat
16 bar from -10 to 120C
SERVICE RATING
Suitable for Chilled Water,
LTHW and MTHW
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
NOTE
The valve should be not less than 30 open for regulation
duties. Wrench operated version available in sizes 50 to
200mm. Figure 9973G available, stainless steel disc.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
J
18
16
14
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
A
B
H
J
K dia
Weight (geared)
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
133
135
182
123
125
13
151
145
190
123
125
15
166
160
197
123
125
21
192
165
219
123
125
26
221
180
232
123
125
33
246
190
254
123
125
45
300
225
278
123
125
69
358
255
281
228
300
94
418
275
306
228
300
131
Pressure bar
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
40
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. 4993G
Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
BS EN
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Material
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or
PTFE/Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE or
PTFE/Neoprene
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Stainless Steel
Specification
ASTM
10213-2 GP240GH
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
A216 WCB
A276-304
A276-304
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10213-2 GP240GH
-
A276-304
A276-304
A276-304
A216 WCB
1561 EN-JLI030
10270 X10CrNr18-8
A126 CI B
A276-304
PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593: 2009.
TEST PRESSURES
28
24
50
65
80
100
125
150
A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
43
123
215
27
125
39
152
10
46
131
215
27
200
39
159
12
64
150
220
27
200
39
159
17
64
175
281
35
250
52
184
24
70
187
294
35
300
52
197
33
76
218
317
42
300
67
223
47
Pressure bar
20
Nom
Size
16
12
8
4
0
0
40
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
41
Fig. 4993G
Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or
PTFE/Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Stainless Steel
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
F
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
1561 EN-JLI030
-
A276-304
A276-304
A276-304
A126 CI B
SPECIFICATION
A216 WCB
A276-304
A276-304
Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face-to-face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves fitted with double regulating feature
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN25, alternative flanges available.
TEST PRESSURES
H
10213-2 GP240GH
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
-
28
24
mm
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
89
294
369
42
300
67
223
73
114
333
396
50
457
90
279
126
114
382
461
50
457
123
331
167
127
398
477
50
457
154
356
243
140
448
557
66
610
138
477
340
152
473
583
66
610
138
477
454
152
555
643
66
610
138
477
493
Pressure bar
20
16
12
8
4
0
0
40
42
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. 4993G
Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Material
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
F
TEST PRESSURES
H
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
1561 EN-JLI030
10213-2 GP240GH
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
A126 CI B
A216 WCB
A276-304
A276-304
SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves fitted with double regulating feature.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN40, alternative flanges available.
A276-304
A276-304
A276-304
45
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
43
123
215
27
125
39
152
10
46
131
215
27
200
39
159
12
64
150
220
27
200
39
159
17
64
175
281
35
250
52
184
24
70
187
294
35
300
52
197
33
76
218
317
42
300
67
223
47
Pressure bar
35
Nom
Size
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
43
Fig. 4993G
Steel Fully-lugged Double Regulating Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
F
Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
1561 EN-JLI030
-
A276-304
A276-304
A276-304
A126 CI B
SPECIFICATION
A216 WCB
A276-304
A276-304
Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves fitted with double regulating feature.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN40, alternative flanges available.
TEST PRESSURES
H
10213-2 GP240GH
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
-
45
40
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
89
294
369
42
300
67
223
79
114
333
396
50
457
90
279
143
114
382
461
50
457
123
331
203
127
398
477
50
457
154
356
288
140
448
557
66
610
138
477
415
152
473
583
66
610
138
477
469
152
555
643
66
610
138
477
589
Pressure bar
35
Nom
Size
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
44
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
50
71.91
0.45
48.24
65
155.9
0.4
98.58
80
217.3
0.4
137.4
100
380.2
0.35
224.9
125
576.6
0.35
341.1
150
830.8
0.35
491.5
200
1412
0.35
835.4
Nom
mm
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs
250
2116
0.35
1252
300
3073
0.35
1818
350
3810
0.35
2254
400
4968
0.35
2939
450
6087
0.35
3601
500
7958
0.35
4708
600
11621
0.35
6875
Fig. M3000
Nom
Size
mm
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs
50
-
65
155.9
0.4
98.58
80
217.3
0.4
137.4
100
380.2
0.35
224.9
125
576.6
0.35
341.1
150
830.8
0.35
491.5
200
1412
0.35
835.4
250
2116
0.35
1252
300
3073
0.35
1818
50
-
65
85
80
111
100
146
125
250
150
380
200
600
250
1211
300
1521
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
85
111
146
250
380
600
1211
1521
50
0.45
48.24
65
0.4
98.58
80
0.4
137.4
100
0.35
224.9
125
0.35
341.1
150
0.35
491.5
200
0.35
835.4
250
0.35
1252
300
0.35
1818
50
0.45
48.24
65
0.4
98.58
80
0.4
137.4
100
0.35
224.9
125
0.35
341.1
150
0.35
491.5
200
0.35
835.4
250
0.35
1252
300
0.35
1818
50
1.86
65
0.95
80
0.50
100
0.29
125
0.37
150
0.43
200
0.31
250
0.56
300
0.33
85
204
370
820
982
1353
2923
3374
6350
Fig. MH733
Nom
Size
mm
Flow Kv (fully open)
Fig. MH737
Nom
Size
mm
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
45
Headloss Factor %
The headloss across a metering station is less than the
differential pressure (P) signal indicated at the pressure
tappings as shown on the metering station flow charts.
The value of headloss for the metering station is shown
as a percentage of the signal in the tables below.
Fig. 1000
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs
mm
15
2.244
0.75
1.943
22
5.4
0.6
4.181
Fig. 1000C
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs
32
21.68
0.5
15.33
40
34.38
0.45
23.06
Fig. 1000M
mm
15
2.354
0.75
2.039
50
71.1
0.45
47.7
Fig. 1000L
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs
Fig. 1000MC
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs
28
9.63
0.6
7.46
mm
15
1.101
0.83
1.003
mm
15
0.539
0.9
0.511
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs
mm
15
0.533
0.9
0.506
Fig. 1000LC
mm
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs
15
1.129
0.83
1.029
1/2L
1/2
3/4
2.26
-
2.14
2.26
2.14
2.26
3.6
3.6
-
1
6.37
-
11/4
12.3
-
11/2
21.3
-
2
31.3
-
in
1/2
3/4
1.549
0.99
0.519
2.995
-
1
5.31
-
11/4
10.7
-
11/2
18.11
-
2
28.65
-
46
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
1/2L
1/2M
1/2
1.87
1.943
1.06
1.003
0.57
0.506
1.87
2.037
1.06
1.029
0.57
0.511
3/4
3.14
4.181
3.14
4.457
-
1
5.59
7.46
-
11/4
10.8
15.33
-
11/2
18.1
23.06
-
2
29.1
47.7
-
in
1/2
3/4
1.703
1.943
1.056
1.003
0.532
0.506
2.973
4.181
-
Fig. 1200DR
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
mm
15
4.74
20
9.96
25
18.46
35
26.71
40
42.15
50
70.95
mm
15
2.293
0.75
1.986
20
5.331
0.6
4.129
25
9.506
0.6
7.363
35
22.15
0.5
15.66
40
36.36
0.45
24.39
50
70.91
0.45
47.57
Fig. 4000
Nom
Size
Flow Kv
Headloss Factor
Kvs
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
47
48
S Shand-Brown
49
50
51
Diaphragm
Separates and balances
the upper and lower
chambers and therefore
the differential pressure.
The diaphragm reacts
quickly to fluctuation in
pressure.
Adjuster
Easily sets differential
pressure across a
20-100 kPa range,
and can be adjusted
to maintain desired
flow rates or
differential pressure,
matching circuit
conditions.
Integral Pressure
Balance Tube
Pressure from before
the load is linked to
the upper chamber
(flow mounted
configuration only).
Impulse Tube
Alongside the DPCV, an impulse tube is supplied as
standard. It is essential to the valves performance
as it taps pressure from the other side of the circuit
and links it to the valves chambers.
52
New
DPCV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No.
Component
1
2
3
4
5
INT
INT
NT
Body
Bonnet
Chamber
Adjuster
Plug R 1/4"
Stem / Piston
Diaphragm
O-Ring Seals
Material
Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
Bronze BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
Nylon Grade PA6
DZR Brass BS EN 12164 (CW602N)
Stainless Steel BS EN 10088 - 1:2005
Rubber EPDM
Rubber EPDM
DN15
DN20 DN25
87
96
100
175
175
185
Rp 1/2" Rp 3/4" Rc 1"
Parallel Parallel Taper
DN32
DN40
DN50
114
125
190
195
Rc 11/4" Rc 11/2"
Taper
Taper
146
205
Rc 2"
Taper
A
B
End Connection
EN10226
Flow
(Fully Open)
mm
mm
in
Kv
2.32
3.2
6.45
11.0
15.39
24.68
Weight
kg
2.32
2.36
2.53
2.73
3.01
3.46
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
119
119
Flow Configuration
Top View
4
Return Configuration
Top View
IMPULSE TUBE
CONNECTION
IMPULSE TUBE
CONNECTION
A
107
Flow Configuration
Front View
80
Return Configuration
Front View
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
53
New
FOCS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
No.
Fully Open
Body
Stem
Handwheel
Plastic
O-Ring Seal
Orifice Insert
Test Valve
Plug R 1/8"
10
Plug R 1/4"
DPF
1732
A
mm
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
E End Connection
EN10226
DN15
87
105
50
34
Rp 1/2"
Parallel
DN20 DN25
96
100
106
127
54
62
36
39
Rp 3/4" Rc 1"
Parallel Taper
DN32
114
128
66
43
Rc 11/4"
Taper
Material
DN40 DN50
125
146
143
144
70
78
46
48
Rc 11/2" Rc 2"
Taper Taper
DPF
1732L
DPF
1732M
DN15
87
105
50
34
Rp 1/2"
Parallel
DN15
87
105
50
34
Rp 1/2"
Parallel
Flow
Kv
1.87
3.14
5.59
10.8
18.1
29.1
0.57
1.06
Head Loss
30.27
34.55
27.85
22.60
14.76
14.62
325.8
94.20
KVs
kg
1.943
0.57
4.181
0.61
7.46
0.90
15.33
1.07
23.06
1.42
47.7
1.97
0.506
0.57
1.003
0.57
Weight
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
90
3
2
9
8
IMPULSE TUBE
CONNECTION POINT
4
1
10
PLUGS CAN BE
REPLACED AT SITE
WITH TEST POINTS
FOR DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE VERIFICATION
54
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
DPCV
Impulse
Tube
Load
2 Port
Control
Valve
Companion
Valve
Companion
Valve
Impulse
Tube
Load
P1
P2
DPCV
2 Port
Control
Valve
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
55
Fig. 302
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Handwheel
Retaining Clip
Spring Compressor
Compressor Seals
Spring
Disc
Disc Facing
Body
Compression Ring
Compression Nut
Material
Specification
BS EN
Polymer
Stainless Steel
Brass
EPDM
Stainless Steel
Brass
EPDM
Brass
Brass
Brass
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
12
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
10
in
3/4"
11/4"
in
in
mm
mm
mm
kg
G3/4
G3/4
59
26
104
0.45
G11/4
G11/4
89
41
158
1.19
SETTING RANGE
1 to 6 mH20 (10 to 60 kPa)
Pressure bar
10 bar max
110C max
8
6
4
2
0
0
56
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
HOOK-UP II
Hook-Up II
Hook-Up II provides flow control, measurement,
flushing and isolation, using bronze and DZR
brass components. It is PN16 rated with versions
suitable for chilled, low and medium temperature
hot water, ranging from -10C to a maximum of
120C. Available in 1/2", 3/4" and 1" sizes.
BENEFITS
For the design engineer there are many
advantages. With all the components supplied
as one pre-tested unit, minimal design
involvement is needed and the performance of
the entire unit is known in advance.
57
HOOK-UP II
Commissioning Set
Centralised
Isolation Valve
Allows easy back
flushing, forward
flushing and isolation.
An extension stem is
added for chilled
water services
Flushing bypass
11
58
HOOK-UP II
Draincock
For routine maintenance,
allows flushing of
strainer without need to
remove basket.
3
End Connectors
Simple connection to
system. BSP female
threads allow
connections to any
possible pipes using
adaptors. Installed
directly on flow and
return connections of
heating and cooling
terminal units ie. fan coils
and chilled beams.
5
C
B
Strainer (optional)
Keeps system clean.
Filters flow before it
reaches terminal unit.
Union Connector
Allows custom alignment
and features an integral
O-Ring to ensure joints
are pressure tight.
Extension Stems
New H-Body
Reference Tags
10
59
60
61
HOOK-UP II
PN16
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
H-Body
Fig. 1732/M/L FODRV
Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball
Union Connector
Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve
Fig. 631 Test Point
Adaptors for 1" only*
Union Nut
Material
Specification
BS EN
Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.
SPECIFICATION
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
SERVICE RATING
TEST PRESSURES
Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003
D1
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Fig. C266
Fig. H266
J1
C
B
3/4 female
143
170
205
38
105
110
168
110
80
42
2.35
143
185
215
47
119
120
175
111
80
42
2.70
1 female
150
221
251
50
123
120
190
132
80
42
70
3.40
JJ
8
4
7
1/2 female
in
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
D1
E
F
G
H
J
J1
Weight
(right-hand
configuration
shown)
62
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
HOOK-UP II
PN16
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Specification
BS EN
Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW614N
*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
SPECIFICATION
Both modules can adopt a left or
right-handed configuration.
SERVICE RATING
TEST PRESSURES
Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003
G
D
D1
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Fig. H268
1/2 female
3/4 female
143
120
45
110
168
110
80
42
1.90
143
125
54
119
175
111
80
42
2.20
1 female
150
149
57
123
190
132
80
42
70
2.75
J1
6
4
in
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
Nom
Size
A
B
D
D1
F
G
H
J
J1
Weight
Fig. C268
(right-hand
configuration
shown)
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
63
HOOK-UP II
PN16
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
H-Body
Fig. 1832/M/L FODRV
Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball
Union Connector
Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve
Fig. 631 Test Point
Union Nut
Material
Specification
BS EN
Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
SPECIFICATION
Both modules can adopt a left or
right-handed configuration.
SERVICE RATING
TEST PRESSURES
G1
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Fig. H267
D1
Fig. C267
1/2 female
3/4 female
125
170
205
38
105
110
168
43
85
80
42
2.20
125
185
215
47
119
120
175
43
85
80
42
2.54
4
7
in
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
D1
E
F
G
G1
H
J
Weight
(right-hand
configuration
shown)
64
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
HOOK-UP II
PN16
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Specification
BS EN
Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW614N
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
SERVICE RATING
Tested to BS EN 12266-1
G1
D1
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Fig. C269
Fig. H269
125
120
45
110
168
43
85
80
42
1.75
125
125
54
119
175
43
85
80
42
2.04
5
44
11
in
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
1/2 female
Nom
Size
A
B
D
D1
F
G
G1
H
J
Weight
(right-hand
configuration
shown)
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
65
HOOK-UP II
PN16
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
H-Body
Fig. 1051 Autoflow
Fig. 1807 Strainer Ball
Union Connector
Fig. 103 Blow Down Valve
Fig. 631 Test Point
Adaptors for 1" only*
Union Nut
Material
Specification
BS EN
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.
SPECIFICATION
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
SERVICE RATING
TEST PRESSURES
Tested to BS EN 12266-1:2003
Fig. H262
D1
G1
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Fig. C262
1/2 female
3/4 female
1 female
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
130
170
205
51
105
110
220
43
85
80
42
2.78
135
185
215
51
119
120
225
43
85
80
42
3.09
140
221
251
68
123
120
295
43
85
80
42
70
4.67
J1
B
A
B
C
D
D1
E
F
G
G1
H
J
J1
Weight
Nom
Size
(right-hand
configuration
shown)
66
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
HOOK-UP II
PN16
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Material
Specification
BS EN
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Brass
1982 CC491K
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
*For 1" system pipework, adaptors can be fitted to our standard units.
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
SPECIFICATION
Both modules can adopt a left or
right-handed configuration.
SERVICE RATING
TEST PRESSURES
G1
D1
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Fig. C264
Fig. H264
1/2 female
130
120
45
110
220
43
85
80
42
51
2.33
3/4 female
135
125
54
119
225
43
85
80
42
51
2.59
1 female
140
149
57
123
295
43
85
80
42
70
68
4.07
J1
in
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
Nom
Size
A
B
D
D1
F
G
G1
H
J
J1
K
Weight
(right-hand
configuration
shown)
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
67
HOOK-UP II
PN16
New
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
A1 (Fig. 366P)
A2 (Fig. 366PF)
Description
Material
By-pass H-Body
Fig.305 PICV*
Brass CW617N
Union Connector
80
No.
C
mm
D
mm
E
mm
Weight
kg
245
210
110
75
103
2.29
245
210
110
75
103
2.39
275
225
120
77
107
3.09
300
250
120
77
107
3.39
320
280
120
88
116
4.88
290
210
110
75
103
2.68
290
210
110
75
103
2.68
320
225
120
77
107
3.39
345
250
120
77
107
3.69
370
280
120
88
116
5.28
SPECIFICATION
LTHW
VERSION
B
mm
43
TYP
A2
mm
Fig. 366P
DN15/15
Fig. 366P
DN20/15
Fig. 366P
DN20/20
Fig. 366P
DN25/20
Fig. 366P
DN25/25
Fig. 366PF
DN15/15
Fig. 366PF
DN20/15
Fig. 366PF
DN20/20
Fig. 366PF
DN25/20
Fig. 366PF
DN25/25
A1
mm
85
TYP
Size
CHW
VERSION
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C
END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 366P Hook-Up II system.
68
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
HOOK-UP II
PN16
New
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A1 (Fig. 1366P)
Description
A2 (Fig. 1366PF)
Material
By-pass H-Body
Fig.305 PICV*
Union Connector
Fig.100 DZR Ball Valve*
Male to Female Connector
Fig.1952mm M x M Connector
Fig.1807 Strainer/Drain
Fig.1000 Metering Station*
80
No.
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
Weight
kg
300
210
75
103
2.62
300
210
75
103
2.62
315
225
77
107
3.48
340
250
77
107
3.78
400
280
88
116
5.53
340
210
75
103
2.91
340
210
75
103
2.91
360
225
77
107
3.78
385
250
77
107
4.08
445
280
88
116
5.93
SPECIFICATION
LTHW
VERSION
A2
mm
43
TYP
Fig. 1366P
DN15/15
Fig. 1366P
DN20/15
Fig. 1366P
DN20/20
Fig. 1366P
DN25/20
Fig. 1366P
DN25/25
Fig. 1366PF
DN15/15
Fig. 1366PF
DN20/15
Fig. 1366PF
DN20/20
Fig. 1366PF
DN25/20
Fig. 1366PF
DN25/25
A1
mm
85
TYP
Size
CHW
VERSION
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C
END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 366P Hook-Up II system.
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
69
HOOK-UP II
PN16
New
Fig. H368P
Fig. H368PF
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
(Left-hand configuration shown)
A1 (Fig. 368P)
A2 (Fig. 368PF)
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1
Description
Material
By-pass H-Body
Fig.305 PICV*
Brass CW617N
Union Connector
80
No.
A2
mm
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
Weight
kg
245
160
75
103
2.03
245
160
75
103
2.03
275
160
77
107
2.56
300
185
77
107
2.86
320
210
88
116
4.12
290
160
75
103
2.32
290
160
75
103
2.32
320
160
77
107
2.86
345
185
77
107
3.16
370
210
88
116
4.52
43
TYP
LTHW
VERSION
SPECIFICATION
Fig. 368P
DN15/15
Fig. 368P
DN20/15
Fig. 368P
DN20/20
Fig. 368P
DN25/20
Fig. 368P
DN25/25
Fig. 368PF
DN15/15
Fig. 368PF
DN20/15
Fig. 368PF
DN20/20
Fig. 368PF
DN25/20
Fig. 368PF
DN25/25
A1
mm
85
TYP
Size
CHW
VERSION
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C
END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 368P Hook-Up II system.
70
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
HOOK-UP II
PN16
New
Fig. C1368P
Fig. H1368PF
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
(Left-hand configuration shown)
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No.
A1 (Fig. 1368P)
A2 (Fig 1368PF)
Description
Material
6
By-pass H-Body
Fig.305 PICV*
Brass CW617N
Union Connector
80
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
Weight
kg
300
155
75
103
2.26
300
155
75
103
2.26
315
160
77
107
2.95
340
185
77
107
3.25
400
210
88
116
4.77
340
155
75
103
2.55
340
155
75
103
2.55
360
160
77
107
3.25
385
185
77
107
3.55
445
210
88
116
5.17
SPECIFICATION
LTHW
VERSION
A2
mm
43
TYP
Fig. 1368P
DN15/15
Fig. 1368P
DN20/15
Fig. 1368P
DN20/20
Fig. 1368P
DN25/20
Fig. 1368P
DN25/25
Fig. 1368PF
DN15/15
Fig. 1368PF
DN20/15
Fig. 1368PF
DN20/20
Fig. 1368PF
DN25/20
Fig. 1368PF
DN25/25
A1
mm
85
TYP
Size
CHW
VERSION
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C
END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 1368P Hook-Up II system.
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
71
HOOK-UP II
PN16
New
Fig. H370P
Fig. H370PF
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
(Left-hand configuration shown)
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A1 (Fig. 370P)
Description
A2 (Fig. 370PF)
Material
By-pass H-Body
D342 Draincock*
Fig.305 PICV*
Union Connector
Male to Male Union Connector
Male to Female Connector
Fig.100TH Ball Valve*
J44 HEX Bronze Nipple
Fig.1000 Metering Station*
80
No.
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
Weight
kg
245
225
75
61
2.23
245
225
75
61
2.23
275
245
77
67
2.86
300
270
77
67
3.16
A2
mm
43
TYP
A1
mm
320
320
88
67
4.62
290
225
75
61
2.52
290
225
75
61
2.52
320
245
77
67
3.16
345
270
77
67
3.46
LTHW
VERSION
85
TYP
Size
Fig. 370P
DN15/15
Fig. 370P
DN20/15
Fig. 370P
DN20/20
Fig. 370P
DN25/20
Fig. 370P
DN25/25
Fig. 370PF
DN15/15
Fig. 370PF
DN20/15
Fig. 370PF
DN20/20
Fig. 370PF
DN25/20
Fig. 370PF
DN25/25
CHW
VERSION
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
370
320
88
67
5.02
END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 370P Hook-Up II system.
72
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
HOOK-UP II
PN16
New
Fig. C1370P
Fig. H1370PF
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
(Left-hand configuration shown)
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Description
A1 (Fig. 1370P)
Material
By-pass H-Body
D342 Draincock*
Fig.305 PICV*
Union Connector
Fig.100 DZR Ball Valve*
Male to Female Connector
J44 HEX Nipple
Fig.1952mm MxM Connector
Fig.1000 Metering Station*
A2 (Fig. 1370PF)
80
No.
C
mm
D
mm
E
mm
Weight
kg
300
225
75
61
103
2.46
300
225
75
61
103
2.46
315
245
77
67
107
3.25
340
270
77
67
107
3.55
400
310
88
67
116
5.27
340
225
75
61
103
2.75
340
225
75
61
103
2.75
360
245
77
67
107
3.55
385
270
77
67
107
3.85
445
310
88
67
116
5.67
LTHW
VERSION
B
mm
A2
mm
43
TYP
Fig. 1370P
DN15/15
Fig. 1370P
DN20/15
Fig. 1370P
DN20/20
Fig. 1370P
DN25/20
Fig. 1370P
DN25/25
Fig. 1370PF
DN15/15
Fig. 1370PF
DN20/15
Fig. 1370PF
DN20/20
Fig. 1370PF
DN25/20
Fig. 1370PF
DN25/25
A1
mm
85
TYP
Size
CHW
VERSION
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 -10 to 120C
END CONNECTIONS
Flushing By-pass body - BSP Parallel Strainers & Tailpieces - BSP Taper
SPECIFICATION
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) fan-coil valve / terminal unit valve assembly. Pre-assembled to the requirements of each individual terminal unit to include a
flushing by-pass with integral isolation valves, Pressure Independent Control Valve (PICV), with options for low flow, metering station, strainer, drain and pressure
test points as and where specified. Extended handles will be fitted for Chilled Water applications. On/Off or modulating actuator is required to control the PICV.
Valve assembly will be labelled to include the terminal unit reference number and flow rate. Generally as Hattersley Figure 1370P Hook-Up II system.
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
73
74
75
Fig. 305
PICV offering full authority & an automatic balancing function
FEATURES & BENEFITS
Energy savings - Optimal control creates
energy savings when used as part of a
variable flow system
Accurate flow rates - Built-in differential pressure
controller ensures accurate system design flow
rates are achieved and eliminates overflows
caused by fluctuating system pressures, which
in turn reduces the system running costs
Easy to install - For use with fan coils, chilled
beams and other terminal units, the PICV is
compact and easy to install in limited and
difficult site conditions
Precise temperature control - Linear or equal
percentage characteristics, settable with an
actuator, contribute to precise environmental
temperature control
Low flow option - Sizes DN10 and DN15 are
available in low flow versions (add suffix LF)
Extensive range - Available in threaded (Figure
305) and flanged (Figure 305F) versions
Hook-Up II - See our PICV Hook-Up II Flow
Management Module in threaded sizes " to 1"
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
CV
New
Please note that actuators and male BSP end connectors are sold separately. Please order 1
actuator and 2 end connectors per body from Hattersley using the Part numbers below.
Hattersley recommend the use of their 3 point and modulating actuators and cannot accept
responsibility for product performance if a different actuator is used.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Valve Bodies (DN10-32)
Valve Bodies (DN40-50)
Membranes and O-Rings
Disc (Pc) (DN10-32)
Disc (Pc) (DN40-50)
Seat (Pc) (DN10-32)
Seat (Pc) (DN40-50)
Disc (Cv)
Seat (Cv) (DN10-32)
Seat (Cv) (DN40-50)
Material
Brass CUZN40PB2 - CW 617N
Cast Iron EN-GJL-250 (GG 25)
EPDM
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305
Brass CUZN40PB3 - CW 614N, W.Nr. 1.4305
EPDM
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr. 1.4305
Brass CUZN40PB3 - CW614N
Brass CUZN40PB2 - CW617N
Steel to BS EN 10027 W.Nr 1.4305
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
H3
H1
H1
OPERATOR
H2
H4
H1
L2
B
L1
DN10-32
END CONNECTIONS
H5
H2
DN10-32
Part No.
003B00305JW APA
003B00305JW
004B00305JW APA
004B00305JW
006B00305JW
010B00305JW
012B00305JW
014B00305JW
020B00305JW
H2
L3
36
36
45
45
56
71
90
-
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
-
73
73
75
75
77
88
102
192
192
20
20
25
25
33
42
50
174
174
100
100
102
102
105
117
128
315
315
138
138
141
141
143
155
166
-
109 G 1/2
109 G 1/2
116 G 1/2
116 G 3/4
125 G 1
142 G 11/4
160 G 11/2
G2
- G 21/2
0.38
0.38
0.48
0.48
0.65
1.45
2.21
6.9
7.8
0.042
0.076
0.076
0.125
0.25
0.47
0.89
2.08
3.47
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
ACT305TP
-
000305TP245
000305TP245
000305TP245
000305TP245
000305TP245
000305TP245
000305TP245
-
Modulating Actuator
Fig. No
Part No.
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MA
ACT305MB
ACT305MB
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MA245
000305MB245
000305MB245
003B01952JWP
003B01952JWP
004B01952JWP
004B01952JWP
006B01952JWP
010B01952JWP
012B01952JWP
014B01952JWP
020B01952JWP
76
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. 305F
PICV offering full authority & an automatic balancing function
FEATURES & BENEFITS
Energy savings - Optimal control creates energy
savings when used as part of a variable flow system
Easy to install - For use with fan coils, chilled beams
and other terminal units, the PICV is compact and easy
to install in limited and difficult site conditions
Precise temperature control - Linear or equal
percentage characteristics, settable with an actuator,
contribute to precise environmental temperature control
Extensive range - Available in threaded
(Figure 305) and flanged (Figure 305F) versions
Hook-Up II - See our PICV Hook-Up II Flow
Management Module in threaded sizes " to 1"
CV
New
Fig. 305F
Please note that actuators are sold separately. Please order 1 actuator per body from
Hattersley using the Part numbers below. Hattersley recommend the use of their
modulating actuators and cannot accept responsibility for product performance if a
different actuator is used.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
H1
H3
H1
H2
A
L1
L1
H3
O-Rings
Disc (Pc) (DN50-100)
Disc (Pc) (DN125)
Disc (Pc) (DN150-250)
Seat (Pc) (DN50-100)
Seat (Pc) (DN125-250)
Disc (Cv) (DN50-100)
Disc (Cv) (DN125)
Disc (Cv) (DN150-250)
Seat (Cv) (DN50-100)
Seat (Cv) (DN125-250)
H1
Valve Bodies
Membranes / Bellow (DN50-100)
Membranes / Bellow (DN125)
Membranes / Bellow (DN150-250)
H3
Material
H2
Component
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
H2
OPERATOR
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
PICV
Size
DN50
DN65
DN80
DN100
DN125
DN150
DN200
DN250
Part No.
050M00305JND
065M00305JND
080M00305JND
100M00305JND
125M00305JND
150M00305JND
200M00305JND
250M00305JND
L1
mm
230
290
310
350
40
480
600
730
H2
mm
174
172
177
187
518
465
483
533
H3
mm
315
373
376
389
507
518
618
708
A
EN1092-2
165
185
200
220
250
285
340
405
Weight
kg
0.3814.2
38
45
570.48
85.3
138
219
342
L1
Modulating Actuator
Fig. No
ACT305MB
ACT305MB
ACT305MB
ACT305MB
ACT305MC
ACT305MC
ACT305MD
ACT305MD
Part No.
000305MB245
000305MB245
000305MB245
000305MB245
000305MC245
000305MC245
000305MD245
000305MD245
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
77
78
MULTICOMM
MultiComm
On large projects, significant time and cost can be
eliminated by enabling commissioning at convenient
locations. Ends of corridors, or accessible cupboards
can be used, which would also eliminate disruption to
occupiers during maintenance works.
The MultiComm is an exceptionally efficient,
practical and versatile system:
Depending on flow rates, up to six terminals can be
served from a single MultiComm unit.
All units are custom built to suit site specification.
All site connections can be made without the need
to access the internal components.
MultiComm is suitable for variable flow or constant
flow systems.
All connections are BSPT Female, enabling standard
pipe or specialist adaptors to be used.
Fan coil units can be flushed, vented and balanced
without the time-consuming looping out procedure.
This can be carried out by one commissioning
engineer instead of a team.
A single strainer serves all circuits, eliminating
the need for individual strainers.
All systems can be flushed through the unique
Hook-Up H-Body.
The single DPCV
maintains constant
differential pressure
between manifolds.
79
MULTICOMM
MultiComm
Mounting plate
for manifolds
Unique H-Body
for flushing
Flow Isolation
Valves
All connections
accessible without
entering box
Strainer
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
Maximum pressure: 16 bar
Temperature rating: -10 to 100C
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
H-Body
Strainer
Manifolds
Isolation Valves
Regulation Valves
Material
Bronze
Bronze (Fig. 817)
Bronze
DZR Brass (Fig. 100)
Bronze (1732 or 1832)
mm
mm
mm
kg
6x6
5x5
4x4
3x3
2x2
1120
250
290
40
1120
250
290
38
880
250
290
36
880
250
290
34
640
250
290
30
mm
mm
mm
kg
6x6
5x5
4x4
3x3
2x2
1120
200
400
40
1120
200
400
38
880
200
400
36
880
200
400
34
640
200
400
30
80
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
PROCOMM
ProComm
State of the-art electronics, microprocessor and hydraulics in one compact unit.
The ProComm makes the on-site
measurement of differential pressure and flow
rates of water in HVAC systems an extremely
simple operation.
With a range of sophisticated features
providing extremely accurate measurement,
coupled with a database of over 1300 valves
from 34 manufacturers worldwide, the
ProComm is the ultimate instrument for
commissioning engineers.
Ease of use
Sophistication
FLOW
PRESSURE SCOPE
ABOUT
ZERO DP
19 C
2.2 Kv s
5.3 kPa
0.26 L/S
81
PROCOMM
ProComm
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Calibrated Range:
Accuracy:
Resolution:
ENVIRONMENT
Media Temperature:
Storage Temperature:
Max 95C
Ambient (Avoid low temperature to protect unit/sensor)
Power Supply:
PP3 9v battery.
Calibration:
Valve Database:
Pre-set Defaults
Set
Default
Language
English
Pressure
kPa
Flow
Temperature
l/sec
Celsius
Menu
Option
French
Italian
Spanish
Pa
psi
bar
feet H2O
Inches H2O
metres H2O
mm H2O
cm H2O
l/min
l/hr
galls/m (imp)
galls/m (US)
m3/hr
Fahrenheit
0 l/sec
Target Flow
0%
Flow Alerts
ON
Light Timer
10 minutes
10 minutes
DP Cut Off
30 kPa
Update time
1 second
Sample time
3 seconds
Specific Gravity
01:00
82
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
AIR VENTS/DE-AERATORS
Air Vents/De-Aerators
Offering an efficient performance, the Hattersley Air Vents remove
inevitable and potentially dangerous air trapped in the system.
Designed to simplify the venting process, for single or multi-boiler
and calorifier installations, the range offers savings in time and costs.
83
AIR VENT
PN10
Fig. 775
Automatic Air Vent
FEATURES & BENEFITS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Cover
Float
Seals
Anti Vacuum Cap
Non Return Valve
Material
Brass
Brass
Polypropylene
EPDM
Brass
Brass
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
A
B455 C38000
B455 C38000
B455 C38000
B455 C38000
NOTE
The Non-Return valve base allows
the Automatic Air Vent to be removed
without draining the system.
10 bar at 120C
MAXIMUM DISCHARGE
PRESSURE
2.5 bar
D
SPECIFICATION
C
in
A
mm
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
Weight
kg
With Non-Return Valve
C
mm
D
mm
Weight
kg
3/8
1/2
3/4
48
54.5
11.5
89.5
0.18
48
54.5
11.5
89.5
0.18
48
56
12.5
92
0.25
48
56
12.5
92
0.25
28
106
0.23
28
106
0.23
12
10
Pressure bar
8
6
4
Max Discharge Pressure
2
0
0
84
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BALL VALVES
Ball Valves
The Hattersley Series of ball valves consists of compact,
lightweight units which are easy to install and operate, yet
their ability to withstand robust construction ensures long,
trouble-free service life. They offer full flow with minimum
turbulence in the open position and bubble tight closure in
the closed position. Only a quarter-turn is required to fully
open or close the valve.
8
Secondary O-Ring
seal, for additional
leakage protection,
aids resistance to
site installation
damage
1
Loctite 648 is
used on the
main joint
threads to give
more strength
and resistance to
installation
damage
2
Hattersley pipe
threads meet
full gauge
length
6
Available
in different
taper thread
options BS EN 10226-2
or ANSI
B1.20.1
3
Primary metal
to metal seal
The New Figure 100 Series. See website for Next Generation DZR Ball Valves video.
85
BALL VALVES
PN25
Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
Improved leak protection
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 1/4" to 2"
WRAS Approved
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Hex-Nut
Lever
Sleeve
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Seats
Ball
O-Ring
Bonnet
Stem
Extension Stem Outer
Extension Stem Inner
Steel Plated
Steel Dacromet Plated
Green PVC
Brass CW617N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated
Rubber EPDM WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
Aluminium
Brass Nickel Plated
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2
SIZE
Fig. 100
L1
L1
L
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
RATINGS THREADED
Temperature C
-10 to 100
120
25
21.8
Fig. 100EXT
Pressure
bar
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005
formerly BS21 Taper.
US End Connection: ANSI B1.20.1:1983.
Operator: Lever.
Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
WRAS listed.
Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and Wholesome
(Potable) water services.
Fig.
100
in
mm
mm
100
mm
100
mm
100EXT mm
100
g
100EXT g
1/4
3/8
46 46
12 12
89 89
41 41
152 136
-
1/2
58.5
15.5
98.5
48
103
205
270
3/4
11/4
11/2
67 80.5 94
102 124
17
21
23
23 26.5
98.5 125 140 140 165
51
62 77.5 83 95.5
107 116 129 135 150
302 511 890 1292 2238
366 589 1009 1410 2283
86
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BALL VALVES
PN25
Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
Improved leak protection
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 1/4" to 2"
WRAS Approved
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Hex-Nut
T-Handle
Steel Plated
Aluminium
AL-46100 Green
Brass CW617N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated
Rubber EPDM WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
Brass CW617N
Polypropylene Green
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Seats
Ball
O-Ring
Bonnet
Stem
Lockshield
Lockshield Cover
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2
SIZE
Fig. 100TH
L1
L1
L
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
RATINGS THREADED
Temperature C
Fig. 100LS
Pressure
-10 to 100
120
25
21.8
bar
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: BS EN 10226-2:2005
formerly BS21 Taper.
US End Connection: ANSI B1.20.1:1983.
Operator: T-Handle/Spanner/Socket.
Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
WRAS listed.
Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and Wholesome
(Potable) water services.
Fig.
100TH
100TH
100LS
100TH
100LS
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
g
g
59
15.5
50
40
42
183
207
67
17
50
43
45
277
302
80.5
21
55
54
58
470
506
94
23
82
61
67
809
867
102
23
82
67
73.5
1210
1269
124
26.5
110
80.5
86.5
2106
2166
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
87
BALL VALVES
PN16
Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
Improved leak protection
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 15 to 54mm
WRAS Approved
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Hex-Nut
Lever
Handle Sleeve
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Seats
Ball
Bonnet
Compression Olive
Compression Nut
Stem
Extension Stem Outer
Extension Stem Inner
Steel Plated
Steel Dacromet Plated
Green PVC
Brass CW617N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated
DZR Brass CW602N
Brass CW507L
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
Aluminium
Brass Nickel Plated
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2
SIZE
Fig. 100C
Temperature C -10 to 30
Pressure
bar
16
40
50
14.3 12.6
65
80
90
100
110
120
10
8.7
7.8
6.9
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression
Ends to BS EN 1254-2:1998.
Operator: Lever.
Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
WRAS listed.
Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and
Wholesome (Potable) water services.
Fig.
mm
15
22
28
35
42
54
L
L2
H
H
Weight
Weight
C
C
C
CEXT
C
CEXT
mm
mm
mm
mm
g
g
66.5
98.5
47
103
212
275
80
98.5
51
107
368
429
92.5
125
62
116
608
682
104.5
140
77.5
129
1007
1125
122
140
83
135
1549
1667
141
165
97.5
150
2538
2683
88
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BALL VALVES
PN16
Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
Improved leak protection
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 15 to 54mm
WRAS Approved
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Hex-Nut
T-Handle
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Seats
Ball
Bonnet
Compression Olive
Compression Nut
Stem
Lockshield
Lockshield Cover
Steel Plated
Aluminium AL-46100 Green
Brass CW617N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE WRAS Approved
DZR Brass CW602N Chrome Plated
DZR Brass CW602N
Brass CW507L
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
Brass CW617N
Polypropylene Green
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2
SIZE
Fig. 100CTH
Temperature C -10 to 30
Pressure
bar
16
40
50
14.3 12.6
65
80
90
100
110
120
10
8.7
7.8
6.9
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression ends
to BS EN 1254-2:1998.
Operator: T-Handle/Spanner/Socket.
Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
WRAS listed.
Suitable for LTHW, Chilled and
Wholesome (Potable) water services.
Fig.
mm
15
22
28
35
42
54
CTH
CLS
CTH
CLS
mm
mm
mm
mm
g
g
66.5
50
40
42
187
220
80
50
43
45
343
376
92.5
55
54
59.5
567
614
104.5
82
61
67
977
1039
122
82
67
73.5
1487
1549
141
110
80.5
86.5
2634
2437
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
89
BALL VALVES
PN25
Fig. 100YL
Gas Threaded DZR - Lever Operated
FEATURES & BENEFITS
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 1/4" to 2"
Tested to BS EN 331:1998
Component
Material
Hex-Nut
Handle Sleeve
Handle
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Ball
Seats
O-Ring
Bonnet
Stem
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
SIZE
L2
L1
L1
L
SPECIFICATION
NON-GAS APPLICATION
GAS APPLICATION
110
Temperature C
Pressure
23.5
Pressure
bar
25
-20 to 60
bar
in
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
in
in
mm
g
46
12
89
41
152
46
12
89
41
136
59
15.5
98.5
48
205
67
17
98.5
51
302
80.5
21
125
63
511
94
23
140
78
890
102
23
140
83.5
1292
124
26.5
165
97.5
2238
90
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BALL VALVES
PN16
Fig. 100CYL
Gas Compression DZR - Lever Operated
FEATURES & BENEFITS
Dezincification resistant
Light, compact and easy to install and operate
More resistant to damage during installation
Sizes from 15 to 54mm
Tested to BS EN 331:1998
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Handle Sleeve
Hex-Nut
Handle
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Seats
Ball
O-Ring
Bonnet
Sleeve
Sleeve Nut
Stem
PVC Yellow
Dacromet Plated Steel
Dacromet Plated Steel
Brass CW617N
PTFE
DZR Brass CW602N
PTFE
CW602N
NBR BS EN549 approval
DZR Bras CW602N
CW507L
CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
SIZE
L2
SPECIFICATION
UK End Connection: Compression ends to
BS EN 1254-2:1998.
Operator: Lever.
Specification: Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
Tested by GL Industrial Services and complies with
the essential requirements of BS EN 331:1998.
GAS APPLICATION
Temperature C
Temperature C
Pressure
bar
-10 to 30
110
16
Pressure
-10 to 60
bar
mm
15
22
28
35
42
54
L
L2
H
Weight
mm
mm
mm
g
66.5
98.5
47
212
80
98.5
51
368
92.5
125
63
608
104.5
140
78
1007
122
140
83.5
1545
141
165
97.5
2538
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
91
BALL VALVES
PN16
Fig. 108C
Service Ball Valve
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Screw
Handle
Stem
O-Ring
Nut
Olive
Body
PTFE Seat
Ball
Seat Retainer
Temperature C
Pressure
bar
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
-10 to 30
65
110
120
16
10
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
16 bar from -10 to 30C
5 bar at 120C
L2
OPERATOR
SPECIFICATION
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2 for use
with BS EN 1057 R250 (half-hard) copper tube.
WRAS Approved product.
BORE
SIZE
18
16
L1
L1
14
Pressure bar
Bore
mm
L
mm
L1
mm
L2
mm
H
mm
Weight
g
DN15
42
11
23
29
123
DN22
14
53
13
23
34
260
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
92
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BALL VALVES
PN40
Fig. 113
Full Bore Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Lever
Stem
Stem Seals
Ball (hard chrome
plated)
Seat Rings
Seat Retainer
Body
Material
Steel
Copper Alloy
PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene
Copper Alloy
B16-C36000
B16-C36000
PTFE or PTFE/Neoprene
Bronze
Bronze
BS84-C84400
BS84-C84400
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
SPECIFICATION
Blow-out proof stem.
Full bore hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats and stem seals.
Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Specification
ASTM
44
40
36
32
Nom
Size
A
B
C
Weight
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
mm
kg
55
46
82
0.25
62
55
103
0.45
73
62
106
0.70
83
70
106
1.15
92
75
150
1.70
107
82
160
2.95
Pressure bar
28
24
20
16
12
8
4
0
40
80
120
Temperature C
160
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
93
BALL VALVES
PN25
Fig. 100HU
Male Hose Union
IV
DOC
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Material
Component
Shield Cover
Hex-Nut
Lockshield
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
Body
Ball
PTFE
O-Ring
Bonnet
Washer
Tailpiece
Union Ring
Stem
Green PP (RAL6002)
Q235 Dacromet Plated
CW617N
CW617N
PTFE(701-N) WRAS Approval
CW602N
CW602N
PTFE(701-N) WRAS Approval
EPDM WRAS approval
CW602N
PTFE(701-N) WRAS Approval
CW602N
CW602N
CW602N
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
-10C to 100C
TEST PRESSURES
25 bar
SIZE
Quarter turn.
PTFE seats and stem seal.
WRAS listed.
DN
SPECIFICATION
L1
L2
L2
in
G 1/2
G 3/4
G1
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
15
84
14
58
41.8
20
98
15.5
66
45.3
25
109
18
77
57.7
94
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BALL VALVES
PN25
Fig. 107HU
Brass with Male Union
FEATURES & BENEFITS
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Material
Component
BS EN
T-Handle
Stem
Stem Seals
Ball
(hard chrome plated)
Seat Rings
Tail
Tail O-Ring
Union Nut
Body End
Body
Aluminium
Brass
PTFE
Brass
Virgin PTFE
Brass
Nitrile
Brass
Brass
Brass
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
D
TEST PRESSURES
C
DOC
25 bar pneumatic
Specification
ASTM
12164 CW617N
B124 Alloy 2
12164 CW617N
B124 Alloy 2
12165 CW617N
B124 Alloy 2
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
12165 CW617N
B124 Alloy 2
B124 Alloy 2
B124 Alloy 2
SPECIFICATION
Nickel plated body.
Blow-out proof stem.
Full bore hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats and stem seal T-Handle.
Union nut with male tail threaded
BS EN 10266 (ISO 7).
Internal threaded end to BS EN 2779
(ISO 228/1).
28
24
Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
Weight
in
1/2
3/4
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
25
59
33
47
0.28
29
68
43
56
0.48
20
Pressure bar
16
12
8
4
0
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
95
BALL VALVES
PN25
Fig. 1807
DZR Strainer Ball Valve
STR
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Handle
Stem
Stem Seal
Gland Seals
Ball
Seat Rings
Body
Screen
Cap Gasket
Cap
Aluminium
DZR Copper
Alloy
EPDM
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Hard chrome plated
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Stainless Steel
Asbestos Free
DZR Copper Alloy
Specification
ASTM
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
AISI 304
PRESSURE/
OPTIONAL FEATURES
TEMPERATURE RATING Lever.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
E
Extension stem.
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.
TEST PRESSURES
25 bar pneumatic
SPECIFICATION
B
A
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
BSP
kg
110
31
48
38
47
129
35
60
46
56
151
42
59
50
56
1/4
1/4
1/4
0.54
0.80
1.23
16
s
ze
Si
3/4
"
1/2
20
o1
A
B
C
D
E
Drain plug
Weight
in
24
"t
Nom
Size
28
1 /2
DZR body.
Blow-out proof stem.
Hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats.
T-Handle operated.
0.8mm diameter perforated 304
stainless steel screen.
Drain plug.
Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Pressure bar
12
8
4
0
96
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BALL VALVES
PN16
Fig. 1807C
DZR Strainer Ball Valve
STR
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Material
Component
Handle
Stem
Stem Seal
Gland Seals
Ball
Seat Rings
Body
Screen
Cap Gasket
Cap
Compression Ring
Compression Nut
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Aluminium
DZR Copper Alloy
EPDM
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Hard chrome plated
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Stainless Steel
Asbestos Free
DZR Copper Alloy
Brass
Brass
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
25 bar pneumatic
OPTIONAL FEATURES
B124 C37700
18
Lever
Extension stem
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.
AISI 304
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
C
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW617N
DZR body.
Blow-out proof stem.
Hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats.
T-Handle operated.
0.8mm diameter perforated 304
stainless steel screen.
Drain plug.
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2.
Use with R250 (half hard) copper tube.
WRAS Approved Product.
PN16
5 bar at 120C
6 bar at 110C
10 bar at 65C
16 bar at -10 to 30C
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
16
14
Nom
Size
mm
15
22
28
A
B
C
D
E
Drain Plug
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
BSP
kg
137
45
48
38
47
159
50
60
46
56
175
53
59
50
56
1/4
1/4
1/4
0.6
0.9
1.3
Pressure bar
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
97
98
BUTTERFLY VALVES
Butterfly Valves
Hattersley butterfly valves are compact quarter
turn valves.
The body is elastomer lined providing a resilient
bubble tight shut off. The valves are supplied in
wafer or lugged variants and may be lever or
gearbox operated. Linings are EPDM or Nitrile
rubber depending on the intended service
conditions. Primarily recommended for on off
service, they may also be used for non-critical
throttling applications. Only a quarter turn is
needed to fully open or close the valve.
Ductile
Iron
Steel
DISC
SHAFT
Nitrile
BODY STYLE
EPDM PTFE
WRAS
Approved
950
950G
950W
950WG
970
970G
970W
970WG
951
951G
971
971G
4970
4970G
980 ANSI
980G ANSI
4990G
RATING
Gearbox PN16
4990
OPERATOR
Semi
Fully Lever
Lugged Lugged
99
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Body
Shaft
Disc
Bushes
O-Ring
Liner
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Al Bronze
PTFE
Buna N
EPDM
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
16 bar from -10 to 130C
TEST PRESSURES
Hydrostatic
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
1563 EN-JS1030
10088-1 X12Cr13
1982 CC333G
-
A536-65-45-12
A276 410
B148 C95300
SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
Ductile Iron body epoxy coated.
Centring holes.
Aluminium bronze disc.
EPDM liner.
Trigger lever.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
with fully enclosed gear operator.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Specification
ASTM
18
16
Nom
Size
mm
50
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
65
80
257
150
57
32
219
260
145
9.9
14
Pressure bar
Fig. 950
200
A
305
197
63
44
268
356
193
16.4
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
C
G
E
D
Fig. 950G
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15
175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
15.5
80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
16.9
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
18.2
213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
20.5
225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
21.4
260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
29
292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
33.5
337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
45.8
368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
56.2
400
305
89
508
450
380
277
88.4
422
381
108
543
450
427
277
110.2
479
381
133
592
450
474
321
160.5
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
260
B
C
G
100
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Body
Shaft
Disc
Bushes
(up to 100mm)
125mm and above
O-Ring
Liner
ASTM
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Aluminium
Bronze
PTFE
Bronze
(lubricated)
Buna N
EPDM
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 from -10 up to 130C
TEST PRESSURES
Hydrostatic
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
Specification
BS EN
A536 65-45-12
A276 TYPE 410
B148-C95300
SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
Fully-lugged.
Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
with fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Fig. 970 and 970G are suitable for Group 1 and
2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as defined
by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
18
14
16
Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
65
195 207
83 95
44 48
32 32
102 121
260 260
32 46
4
4.5
80
213
102
48
32
130
260
64
7.2
Pressure bar
Fig. 970
100 125 150 200
232
124
54
32
171
260
90
12.6
245
136
57
32
197
260
111
13.5
257
150
57
32
219
260
145
14.9
305
197
63
44
268
356
193
24.1
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
K
C
G
Fig. 970G
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15.5
175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
16
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
18.7
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
24.1
213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
25
225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
26.4
260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
36.7
292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
47.1
337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
62.1
368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
84.9
400
305
89
508
450
380
277
123.8
422
381
108
543
450
427
277
139.7
479
381
133
592
450
474
321
215.5
600
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
337.3
B
C
G
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
101
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Body
Shaft
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Disc
Bushes (up to 100mm)
125mm and above
Bronze
PTFE
Bronze
(lubricated)
Buna N
EPDM
O-Ring
Liner
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
Semi-lugged.
Aluminium bronze or stainless steel disc.
WRAS Approved.
Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as
standard with fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
Specification
ASTM
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
18
16
mm
50
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
65
80
257
150
57
32
219
260
145
9.9
200
A
305
197
63
44
268
356
193
16.4
NON-WRAS APPLICATIONS
Nom
Size
14
Pressure bar
Fig. 950W
WRAS APPLICATIONS
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
C
G
E
D
Fig. 950WG
Nom
Size
mm
50
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15
65
80
175 181
95 102
48
48
42
42
121 130
150 150
46
64
240 240
15.5 16.9
100
125
150
200
250
300
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
18.2
213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
20.5
225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
21.4
260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
29
292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
33.5
337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
45.8
B
C
G
102
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Body
Shaft
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Disc
Bushes (up to 100mm)
125mm and above
Bronze
PTFE
Bronze
(lubricated)
Buna N
EPDM
O-Ring
Liner
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
SPECIFICATION
Conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
Fully-lugged.
Aluminium bronze disc.
WRAS Approved.
Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as
standard with fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
Specification
ASTM
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
18
16
50
65
80
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
195 207
83 95
44 48
32 32
102 121
260 260
32 46
4
4.5
213
102
48
32
130
260
64
7.2
232
124
54
32
171
260
90
12.6
245
136
57
32
197
260
111
13.5
257
150
57
32
219
260
145
14.9
305
197
63
44
268
356
193
24.1
WRAS APPLICATIONS
mm
Pressure bar
Nom
Size
NON-WRAS APPLICATIONS
14
Fig. 970W
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
C
G
E
D
Fig. 970WG
Nom
Size
mm
50
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15
65
80
175 181
95 102
48
48
42
42
121 130
150 150
46
64
240 240
15.5 16.9
100
125
150
200
250
300
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
18.2
213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
20.5
225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
21.4
260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
29
292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
33.5
337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
45.8
B
C
G
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
103
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Body
Disc
Liner
Shaft
Taper Pin
Key
O-Ring
Bushing
Lever & Screw
Stop Plate
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 from -10 up to 90C
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
SPECIFICATION
Semi-lugged.
Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
with a fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Figures 951 and 951G are suitable for Group 1
and 2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as
defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive
97/23/EC.
18
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
16
Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
65
80
245
136
57
32
197
260
111
9
257
150
57
32
219
260
145
9.9
14
Pressure bar
Fig. 951
200
A
305
197
63
44
268
356
193
16.4
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
20 40 60 80
Temperature C
K
C
G
Fig. 951G
E
D
F
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15
175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
15.5
80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
16.9
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
18.2
213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
20.5
225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
21.4
260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
29
292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
33.5
337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
45.8
368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
56.2
400
305
89
508
450
380
277
88.4
422
381
108
543
450
427
277
110.2
479
381
133
592
450
474
321
160.5
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
260
B
C
G
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
104
100
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Body
Disc
Liner
Shaft
Taper Pin
Key
O-Ring
Bushing
Lever & Screw
Stop Plate
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16 from -10 up to 90C
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266-1 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
SPECIFICATION
Fully-lugged.
Lever or gearbox.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
with a fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Suitable for gas applications.
Fig. 971 and 971G are suitable for Group 1 and
2 gases and Group 1 and 2 liquids as defined
by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
18
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
16
Nom
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
50
65
195 207
83 95
44 48
32 32
102 121
260 260
32 46
4
4.5
80
213
102
48
32
130
260
64
7.2
14
Pressure bar
Fig. 971
100 125 150 200
232
124
54
32
171
260
90
12.6
245
136
57
32
197
260
111
13.5
257
150
57
32
219
260
145
14.9
305
197
63
44
268
356
193
24.1
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
B
C
G
20 40 60 80
Temperature C
100
K
E
Fig. 971G
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15.5
175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
16
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
18.7
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
24.1
213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
25
225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
26.4
260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
36.7
292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
47.1
337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
62.1
368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
84.9
400
305
89
508
450
380
277
123.8
422
381
108
543
450
427
277
139.7
479
381
133
592
450
474
321
215.5
600
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
337.3
B
C
G
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
105
BUTTERFLY VALVES
ANSI
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Body
Operating Shaft
Disc
Al Bronze
Taper pins
Stainless Steel
Bushes
O-Ring
Liner
EDPM
Buna N
EPDM
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
E
TEST PRESSURES
D C
Specification
ASTM
BS EN
1563 EN-JS1040
10088-1
X12Cr13
12165 CW307G
A536 65-45-12
A276 410
10088-1
X5CrNiMo17-12-2
-
A276 316
B150 C63000
SPECIFICATION
Generally conforms to BS EN 593.
Ductile Iron body epoxy coated.
Fully lugged.
Aluminium bronze disc.
EPDM liner phenolic backed.
Trigger Lever.
Valves DN200 and larger supplied as standard
with fully enclosed gear operator.
Suitable for fitting between flanges to
ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and 150.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
OPEN
CLOSED
50:1
22
20
18
16
mm
50
65
80
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15.5
175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
16
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
18.7
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
24.1
213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
25
225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
26.4
260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
36.7
292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
47.1
337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
62.1
368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
84.9
400
305
89
508
450
380
277
123.8
422
381
108
543
450
427
277
139.7
479
381
133
592
450
474
321
215.5
600
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
337.3
14
Pressure bar
Nom
Size
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
106
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Available up to DN600
Valve body fully-lugged
Long neck for insulation
Maintenance free
Good control characteristics
Component
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Body
Operating Shaft
Disc
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Taper Pins
Stainless Steel
Bushes
O-Ring
Liner
PTFE
Buna N
EPDM
1563 EN-JS1030
A536-65-45-12
10088-1 X12Cr13
A276 410
110213-4 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2
A351 CF8M
10088-1X5CrNiMo17-12-2
A276 316
-
PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Generally conforms to BS EN 593:2009.
Ductile Iron body epoxy coated.
Fully-lugged.
Stainless steel disc.
EPDM liner.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Valves may be used for flow regulation.
Valves DN250 and larger supplied as standard
with fully enclosed gear operator.
Valves DN450 and larger supplied with spur gear
unit as part of gear operator.
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
18
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
16
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
195 207
83 95
44 48
32 32
102 121
260 260
32 46
4
4.5
213
102
48
32
130
260
64
7.2
232
124
54
32
171
260
90
12.6
245
136
57
32
197
260
111
13.5
257
150
57
32
219
260
145
14.9
14
Pressure bar
Fig. 4970
305
197
63
44
268
356
193
24.1
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
K
C
G
Fig. 4970G
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
K
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
162
83
44
42
102
150
32
240
15.5
175
95
48
42
121
150
46
240
16
181
102
48
42
130
150
64
240
18.7
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
200
124
54
42
171
150
90
240
24.1
213
136
57
42
197
300
111
240
25
225
150
57
42
219
300
145
240
26.4
260
197
63
40
268
300
193
230
36.7
292
210
70
40
332
300
241
230
47.1
337
248
79
40
410
300
290
230
62.1
368
279
79
40
435
300
325
230
84.9
400
305
89
508
450
380
277
123.8
422
381
108
543
450
427
277
139.7
479
381
133
592
450
474
321
215.5
600
562
457
156
708
450
574
335
337.3
B
C
G
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
107
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 DN50-150
Fig. 4990
Steel Fully-lugged
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Lever
Material
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
-
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
L
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
10213-2 GP240GH
A216 WCB
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
-
AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 431
SPECIFICATION
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied lever operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16,
alternative flanges available.
Wafer pattern available Figure 4985 PN16.
18
16
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
A
B
H
C
L
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
43
123
215
27
265
8
46
131
215
27
265
10
46
150
225
27
265
11
52
175
244
35
265
13
56
187
260
35
265
18
56
218
270
42
265
21
Pressure bar
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
40
108
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 DN50-150
Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Gearbox
Handwheel
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Material
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Cast Iron
Steel
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
10213-2 GP240GH
A216 WCB
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1561 EN-JLI030
-
AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 431
A126 CI B
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
H
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1 basic series 20.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied gear operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2 PN16,
alternative flanges available.
Wafer pattern available Figure 4985G PN16.
18
16
14
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
43
123
215
27
125
39
152
9
46
131
215
27
200
39
159
11
46
150
225
27
200
39
159
12
52
175
244
27
200
39
159
15
56
187
260
27
200
39
159
20
56
218
270
27
200
39
159
23
Pressure bar
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
40
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
109
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN16 DN200-500
Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel
10213-2 GP240GH
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
-
A216 WCB
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1561 EN-JLI030
-
AISI 431
A276-316L
AISI 431
AISI 431
A126 CI B
PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
D
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
18
16
14
Nom
Size
mm
200
250
300
350
400
500
A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
60
294
320
35
300
52
197
32
68
333
366
42
300
67
223
64
78
382
390
42
300
67
223
82
78
398
425
50
457
90
279
110
102
448
440
50
457
90
279
162
127
555
510
50
457
123
331
251
Pressure bar
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
40
110
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN25 DN50-150
Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Material
Component
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
10213-2 GP240GH
A216 WCB
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1561 EN-JLI030
-
AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 431
A126 CI B
PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
D
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar
B
A
E
28
24
50
65
80
100
125
150
A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
43
123
215
27
125
39
152
9
46
131
215
27
200
39
159
11
65
150
220
27
200
39
159
16
65
175
281
35
250
52
184
19
70
187
294
35
300
52
197
31
76
218
317
42
300
67
223
44
Pressure bar
20
Nom
Size
16
12
8
4
0
0
40
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
111
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN25 DN200-500
Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Material
Component
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel
10213-2 GP240GH
A216 WCB
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1561 EN-JLI030
-
AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 431
A126 CI B
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
Specification
ASTM
BS EN
Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied gear operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN25, alternative flanges available.
28
24
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
89
294
369
42
300
67
223
67
114
333
396
50
457
90
229
123
114
382
461
50
457
123
331
150
127
398
477
50
457
154
356
260
140
448
557
66
610
138
477
366
152
473
583
66
610
138
477
413
152
555
643
66
610
138
477
474
Pressure bar
20
Nom
Size
16
12
8
4
0
0
40
112
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN40 DN65-150
Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Gearbox
Handwheel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Cast Iron
Steel
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Material
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
40 bar from -10 to 90C
20.7 bar at 149C
3.4 bar at 204C
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
10213-2 GP240GH
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
-
A216 WCB
AISI 431
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
A276-316L
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
AISI 431
1561 EN-JLI030
A126 CI B
-
SPECIFICATION
Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
Face to face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 16.
Reinforced PTFE disc seal.
Stainless steel body seat.
Double eccentric disc.
Bi-directional isolation.
Valves are supplied gear operated.
Actuator flange ISO 5211/1.
To suit flange connections BS EN 1092-2
PN40, alternative flanges available.
45
40
35
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
43
123
215
27
125
39
152
9
46
131
215
27
200
39
159
11
64
150
220
27
200
39
159
16
64
175
281
35
250
52
184
19
70
187
294
35
300
52
197
31
76
218
317
42
300
67
223
44
Pressure bar
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
113
BUTTERFLY VALVES
PN40 DN200-500
Fig. 4990G
Steel Fully-lugged
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Body Seat
Disc
Disc Seal Ring
Retaining Ring
Stem
Disc Pin
Bottom Cap
Gland Packing
Bearings
Gearbox
Handwheel
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Material
Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
PTFE or PTFE/
Neoprene
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Steel
PTFE Graphite
Bronze-PTFE
Cast Iron
Steel
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
10213-2 GP240GH
12073 XCrNiMn23-12-2
10088-33 X8CrNiS 18-9
-
A216 WCB
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
10088-1 X17CrNi16-2
1561 EN-JLI030
-
AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 431
AISI 420
A126 CI B
PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Designed to BS EN 593:2009.
D
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar
40
35
Nom
Size
mm
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
A
B
H
C
D dia
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
89
294
369
42
300
67
223
67
114
333
396
50
457
90
279
123
114
382
461
50
457
123
331
150
127
398
477
50
457
154
356
260
140
448
557
66
610
138
477
366
152
473
583
66
610
138
477
413
152
555
643
66
610
138
477
474
Pressure bar
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
114
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
CHECK VALVES
Check Valves
Check valves permit flow in one direction only,
and close automatically if flow reverses. They are
entirely automatic in action, depending upon
pressure and velocity of flow within the line to
perform their functions of opening and closing.
Most Hattersley swing check valves can be
installed in horizontal or vertical upward flow
piping. Lift check valves must be used in
horizontal lines only.
Hattersley offers four basic types of bronze
check valves, namely:
Horizontal lift check
Vertical lift check
Swing check
Double check
Swing check valves, having 6 diameters of
straight lengths of pipe upstream and 3 diameters
downstream, are suitable for velocities up to
3 metres/second. If the valve is situated such that
turbulent flow enters the valve, the velocity should
not exceed 2 metres/second.
115
CHECK VALVES
PN32
Fig. 42
Bronze - Horizontal Lift
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Body
Cap
Disc (1/4" - 1")
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991.
Bronze body.
Horizontal lift pattern.
Metal to metal seat.
Guilded disc.
Threaded cap.
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1
(BS 21).
Available taper threaded NPT to ASTM
B1.20.1 (42AT).
TEST PRESSURES
Specification
ASTM
36
32
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
kg
60
39
0.5
74
43
0.7
86
51
1.6
99
58
1.7
109
64
2.5
130
70
3.5
16
12
am
A
B
Weight
in
20
Ste
Nom
Size
24
ur
ate
d
Pressure bar
28
4
0
t
Sa
116
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
CHECK VALVES
PN25
Fig. 47
Bronze - Swing Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Cap
Hinge Pin
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Hinge
Disc Nut
Body
Hinge
Disc
Disc (11/4" - 3")
Stainless Steel
Brass
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
1982 CC491K
10088-1 X2
CrNiNo17-12-2
970 GR316S11
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
B62 C83600
A276-316L
B455 C38500
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B455 C38500
B62 C83600
SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991.
Bronze body.
Horizontal swing pattern.
Threaded cover.
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226 ISO 7-1
(BS 21).
BS 5154
25 bar -10 to 100C
10.5 bar at 186C
TEST PRESSURES
Specification
ASTM
28
24
in
mm
mm
kg
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
11/4 11/2
21/2
48
48 58 66 80 89 95 108 155 190
33
33 38 42 49 56 65
76 98 99
0.20 0.19 0.32 0.43 0.61 1.01 1.34 2.12 4.08 5.76
Pressure bar
20
16
12
8
4
0
0
30
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
117
CHECK VALVES
PN32 SERIES A
Fig. 48
Bronze - Oblique Swing Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Cap
Hinge Pin
Hinge
Hinge Pin Plug
Disc
Disc Nut
Body
Material
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 48 bar
Seat: 35.2 bar
Specification
BS EN
1982 CC491K
12164 CW603N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW617N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW603N
1982 CC491K
B62 C83600
B16-C36000
B62 C83600
B124 Alloy 2
B62 C83600
B16-C36000
B62 C83600
SPECIFICATION
Oblique swing pattern.
Threaded cover.
Metal to metal seat.
Ends threaded internal
BS EN 10266 (ISO 7).
Suitable for mounting in horizontal
and vertical pipe (with vertical
flow upwards).
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
kg
60
45
0.28
70
50
0.42
86.4
58
0.62
96
68
1.0
116
75
1.4
136
94
2.1
118
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
CHECK VALVES
PN32 SERIES B
Fig. 49
Bronze - Vertical Lift Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Disc
Spring
End Cap
Seat
Material
Bronze
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Bronze
EPDM
Specification
BS EN
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
10270 X10CrNr18-8
1982 CC491K
-
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
SPECIFICATION
Bronze body.
Stainless steel spring.
Taper threaded BS EN 10266
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Available with NPT threads to
ASTM B1.20.1.
Suitable for mounting vertically
(flow upwards).
Resilient seat.
TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)
Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
A276-304
B62 C83600
36
32
28
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
kg
53
33
0.18
59
40
0.27
67
50
0.44
79
60
0.63
84
66
0.93
96
80
1.4
Pressure bar
24
20
16
12
8
4
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
119
CHECK VALVES
PN16
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Fig. 249
Material
Specification
BS EN
DZR Brass
12165 CW602N
Fig. 249C
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
SPECIFICATION
Fig. 249
Double Check - 15mm, 22mm, 28mm
Fig. 249C
Double Check chromium plated - 15mm
Manufactured to BS 6282.
WRAS Approved PN16 85C.
Application: Water.
End Connection: Compression.
Back Flow Prevention Device category:
Single check - Class 2 as per Water Supply.
Contamination Risks (water fittings)
Regulations 1999.
Double check - Class 3 as per Water Supply.
Contamination Risks (water fittings)
Regulations 1999.
18
16
mm
15
Fig. 249
22
Fig. 249
28
Fig. 249
15
Fig. 249C
A
B
C
D
E
Weight (approx)
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
61.4
9.5
15.2
78.5
24.5
0.116
74.6
10.5
22.2
91.4
27.5
0.212
88.6
12.5
28.25
106.3
30.5
0.360
61.4
9.5
15.2
78.5
24.5
0.116
Pressure bar
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
20 40 60 80
Temperature C
100
120
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
CHECK VALVES
PN16
Fig. 761
Non-Return Valve
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Plunger DN50-150
Plunger DN200-400
Seat Retaining Ring
Seat
Guide
Spring
Material
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Cast Iron
Steel Xylan Coated
Nitrile
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1563 EN-JS1030
1561 EN-JLI030
10270 X10CrNr18-8
A126 CI B
A276-304
SPECIFICATION
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
A536-65-45-12
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
18
16
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
A
D
Weight
mm
mm
kg
120
165
5
119
185
7
130
200
9
155
220
13
200
250
21
230
285
28
280
340
47
344
405
83
Note: These valves are not intended to be used as backflow prevention devices
conforming to Schedule 2 Section 6 of the WRAS Water Regulations Guide.
Pressure bar
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
20 40 60 80
Temperature C
100
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
121
CHECK VALVES
PN32 SERIES B
Fig. 1013
Bronze - Horizontal Lift Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Cap (11/4" to 2")
Cap (1/2" to 1")
Disc Holder
Disc
Body
Material
Specification
BS EN
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
PTFE - Glass Filled
Bronze
1982 CC491K
12164 CW603N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
B62 C83600
SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991.
Bronze body.
Horizontal lift pattern.
Replaceable PTFE - glass filled disc.
Guilded disc.
Threaded cap.
Taper threaded BS EN 10266
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
B62 C83600
B16 C36000
B62 C83600
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 6 bar - pneumatic
Seat: 35.2 bar - hydraulic
36
32
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
kg
60
39
0.4
74
43
0.6
86
51
1.1
99
58
1.3
109
64
2.1
130
70
3.4
20
16
12
am
A
B
Weight
in
Ste
Nom
Size
24
ate
d
Pressure bar
28
ur
t
Sa
122
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
CHECK VALVES
PN25
Fig. 3047
Bronze - Swing Pattern
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Body
Cap
Disc Holder (1/2" to 1")
Disc Holder (11/4" to 2")
Disc
Disc Nut
Disc Retaining Washer
Hinge
Hinge Pin
Hinge Nut
Identification Plate
Drive Screw
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Nitrile
Brass
Brass
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Brass
Aluminium
Steel Electro Brassed
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
BS 5154:1991 PN25
25 bar from -10 to restricted 90C
TEST PRESSURES
Specification
BS EN
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
2751 BA80
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
970 GR316S11
12164 CW614N
-
SPECIFICATION
Horizontal swing pattern.
Threaded cover.
Alternative disc materials available.
Ends threaded internal BS EN 10266
(ISO 7).
Suitable for mounting in horizontal
and vertical pipe (with vertical
flow upwards).
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
kg
58
38
0.33
66
42
0.43
80
49
0.63
89
56
1.01
95
65
1.34
108
76
2.12
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
123
CHECK VALVES
PN25
Fig. M650
Ductile Iron - Swing Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Cover
Cover Gasket
Hinge Pin
Hinge
Disc
Disc Face Ring
Body Ring
Body
Material
Specification
BS EN
Ductile Iron
Asbestos Free
Stainless Steel
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Ductile Iron
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
SPECIFICATION
BS EN 12334:2001 PN25.
Horizontal swing pattern.
Bolted cover.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25.
Copper alloy trim.
Suitable for mounting in horizontal
and vertical pipelines (with vertical
flow upwards).
BS EN 12334 PN25
25 bar from -10 to 120C
21.5 bar at 220C
B
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
PN25
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar
28
A
24
65
80
100
125 150
200
250 300
203
121
16
216
135
22
241
141
28
292
168
40
330
182
62
495
267
144
622
305
232
356
215
82
699
343
310
12
team
50
mm
mm
kg
dS
mm
A
B
Weight
16
at
ur
ate
Nom
Size
Pressure bar
20
0
0
124
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
CHECK VALVES
PN16
Fig. M651
Cast Iron - Swing Pattern
FEATURES & BENEFITS
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Cover
Cover Gasket
Hinge Pin
Hinge Pin Plug
Hinge
Disc
Disc Face Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Material
Cast Iron
Reinforced
Compressed Graphite
Brass
Brass
Ductile Iron
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
BS EN 1092-2 PN16
16 bar from -10 to 120C
11.8 bar at 230C
B
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 24 bar (hydraulic)
Seat: 17.6 bar (hydraulic)
1561 EN JLI040
-
A126 CI B
12164 CW603N
12164 CW603N
1563 EN-JS1040
1561 EN JLI040
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1561 EN JLI040
B16-C36000
B16-C36000
A536 70-50-05
A126 CI B
B62-C83600
B62-C83600
A126 CI B
SPECIFICATION
BS EN 12334:2001.
Face to Face dimensions to BS EN 558-1
basic series 10.
Cast iron body.
Bolted cover.
Bronze trim.
Suitable for mounting in horizontal and vertical
pipes (with the flow upwards).
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Flanges drilled to BS 10 available.
18
16
mm
50
65
80
100 125
150
200
250 300
A
B
Weight
mm
mm
kg
203
113
13
216
133
18
241
143
21
292
163
35
356
212
68
495
257
113
622
298
218
330
197
48
699
330
282
Pressure bar
14
PN16
ANSI 125
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
125
CHECK VALVES
PN16 ANSI 125
Fig. M653
Cast Iron with Lever and Weight
FEATURES & BENEFITS
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Specification
BS EN
Cover
Cover Gasket
Hinge Pin Plug
Hinge
Gland Packing
Disc
Disc Face Ring
Body Ring
Body
Counter Weight
Operating Shaft
Operating Lever
Spring
Cast Iron
Asbestos Free
Stainless Steel
Ductile Iron
Asbestos Free
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
ASTM
1561 EN-JLI030
10270 X10CrNr18-8
1561 EN JS1050
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
10088-1 X2 CrNiNo17-12-2
10270 X10CrNr18-8
10270 X10CrNr18-8
A126 CI B
A276-304
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A276-316L
A276-304
A276-304
PRESSURE/
SPECIFICATION
TEMPERATURE RATING Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16 and bolted cover
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
BS EN 12334:2001 PN16
16 bar from -10 to 120C
BS 5153 ANSI
11.8 bar at 230C
9 bar at 218C
13.8 bar from -10 to 66C
TEST PRESSURES
PN16
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
18
Class 125
Shell: 24.1 bar
Seat: 13.8 bar
16
14
mm
50
65
80
100 125
150
200
250 300
A
B
C
Weight
mm
mm
mm
kg
203
121
200
21
216
135
200
27
241
141
215
33
292
168
250
45
356
215
290
86
495
267
580
152
622
305
730
244
330
182
300
66
699
343
720
320
Pressure bar
PN16
ANSI 125
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
126
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
CHECK VALVES
PN16 - ANSI 125 - PN25
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No. Component
Material
Cast Iron EN-JL-1040
Note
PN16 / ANSI125 DN50-DN150
Body
Disc
ID Plate
Anodised Aluminium
Seat
EPDM
Stop Bolt
6
7
8
9
Stem
Spring
Washer
Gasket
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
A
B
1
2
3
4
5
PN16
PN25
107
DN65
A (mm)
B
H
ANSI 125 (mm) (mm)
Weight (kg)
PN16
PN25
Eyebolt Tapping
(To BS EN 3226: 2010)
ANSI 125
7
102
65
43
1.5
1.5
N/A
127
121
80
46
2.1
2.1
N/A
DN80
142
133
94
64
3.3
3.2
N/A
DN100
162
162
117
64
4.3
4.0
N/A
DN125
192
192
145
70
6.3
5.9
N/A
DN150
218
218
170
76
8.3
8.1
N/A
DN200
273
273
224
89
13.6
13.6
M8
DN250
329
329
265
114
24.2
24.2
M8
DN300
384
384
310
114
31.5
31.5
M10
DN350
446
446
360
127
52.2
52.2
M12
DN400
498
498
410
140
74.0
74.0
M12
DN450
550
546
450
152
101.0
101.0
M12
END CONNECTION
DN500
610
603
500
152
121.0
121.0
M12
DN600
720
714
624
178
174.0
174.0
M12
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE RATING
Figure 860: PN16 or ANSI 125
Figure 865: PN25 -10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
Face-to-Face dimensions conform to BS EN 558 series 16.
Suitable for installation in vertical and horizontal pipelines.
When installed in vertical pipelines the flow must be in an upward
direction. This valve is suitable for use on group 2 liquids only, as
defined by the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
127
128
GATE VALVES
Gate Valves
Hattersley gate valves offer the ultimate in
dependable service wherever minimum pressure
drop is important.
They serve as efficient stop valves with fluid flow in
either direction. The straight through design offers
little resistance to flow and reduces pressure drop
to a minimum. A gate-like disc - actuated by a
Fig. No.
PN
Rating
Series
35 PN16
16
30C
16
30CLS
30*
End
Connections
Size
Range
Bonnet
Pattern
Wedge
Material
Flanged
15 - 100mm
Threaded
Bronze
Compression
15 - 54mm
Threaded
Bronze
16
Compression
15 - 54mm
Threaded
Bronze
20
Threaded
Threaded
DZR Alloy
30LS*
20
Threaded
Threaded
DZR Alloy
33X*
20
Threaded
1/4 - 3"
1/4 - 3"
1/4 - 4"
Threaded
Bronze
33XLS*
20
Threaded
Threaded
Bronze
33*
32
Threaded
Threaded
Bronze
669
32
Threaded
1/4 - 4"
1/4 - 3"
1/4 - 2"
Union
Bronze
28
Threaded
Threaded
Bronze
609
32
Threaded
1/2 - 3"
1/4 - 3"
Threaded
Bronze
Pattern
PN
Rating
Class
Rating
End
Connections
Size
Range
M549 PN6
Flanged
50 - 300mm
Inside Screw
M552 PN6
Flanged
50 - 300mm
Outside Screw
M511 PN10
10
Flanged
50 - 150mm
Inside Screw
M541 PN16
16
Flanged
50 - 400mm
Inside Screw
M544 PN16
16
Flanged
50 - 300mm
Outside Screw
M540 PN25
Outside Screw
25
Flanged
50 - 150mm
501 ANSI
125
Flanged
2 - 12"
Inside Screw
504 ANSI
125
Flanged
2 - 12"
Outside Screw
129
GATE VALVES
PN20 SERIES B
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Body
Bonnet
Stem (1/4" to 2")
Stem (21/2" & 3")
Stem (4")
Disc
Stuffing Box (21/2" & 3")
Stuffing Box 4"
Packing Ring
Gland (1/2" to 3")
Gland (4")
Lockshield Cap
Packing Nut (1/2" to 3")
Packing Nut (4")
Handwheel
Identification Plate
Gasket
Handwheel Nut
Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
Brass
Al Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Asbestos Free
Brass
Bronze
Brass
Brass
Bronze
Aluminium
Aluminium
Fibre
Brass
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 6 bar
Air Seat: 6 bar
Fig. 33X
Specification
ASTM
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
12163 CW301G
1982 CC491K
12165 CW617N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
B505 C83600
B62 C83600
B150 C64200
B505 C83600
B124 C37700
B505 C83600
B62 C83600
B62-C83600
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010.
WRAS Approved Product.
Non-rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Available with NPT thread (33XAT) 1/2 to 4".
Available with lockshield (33XLS) up to 2".
Fig. 33XLS
in
1/4
3/8
A
mm 46
46
B
mm 75
75
C
mm 57
57
D
mm Weight kg 0.27 0.26
1/2
3/4
11/4 11/2
51 55
63 71 73 83
82 95 118 144 166 190
5
69
69 76 81 94
86 112 124 149 175 196
0.35 0.55 0.84 1.18 1.66 2.55
21/2
96
219
140
227
4.30
105
259
150
270
6.4
162
366
232
376
18.37
130
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GATE VALVES
PN20 SERIES B
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Handwheel Nut
Identification Plate
Handwheel
Stem
Packing Nut
Gland
Packing Ring
Body
Disc
Stuffing Box
Bonnet
Brass
Aluminium
Aluminium
DZR Brass
Brass
Brass
Asbestos Free
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
C
TEST PRESSURES
Shell: 6 bar
Air Seat: 6 bar
Material
Fig. 30
Specification
BS EN
12164 CW614N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
SPECIFICATION
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010.
WRAS Approved Product.
Non-rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10266 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Available with lockshield (30LS).
Available with NPT thread (30AT).
Fig. 30LS
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
mm
mm
Fig.
Ref
kg
51.6
90
56.8
80
391
A
0.32
56
100
56.8
85
391
A
0.45
64
120
69.2
105
391
2
0.7
72
125
69.2
110
391
2
1.22
75
145
75.5
130
391
2A
1.55
91
170
81.5
155
391
3
2.45
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
131
GATE VALVES
PN16
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Stem
Disc
Stem Retainer
Packing Ring
Gland (28-54 only)
Packing Nut
Handwheel
Identification Plate
Handwheel Nut
Compression Olive
Compression Nut
Bronze
Bronze
DZR Brass
Bronze
DZR Brass
Asbestos Free
Brass
Brass
Aluminium
Aluminium
Brass
Brass
Brass
Specification
BS EN
BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 1982 (CC491K)
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
BS EN 12449:1999 CW505L OR CW507L
BS EN 12165 CW617N
-10 to 30
40
50
65
80
90
100
110
120
16
14.3
12.6
10
8.7
7.8
6.9
bar
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
C
Across Protrusions
PN16
TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)
Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar
SPECIFICATION
D
A
UK End Connection:
Compression ends to BS EN
1057:2006: Half hard R250.
Operator: Handwheel.
D
A
Fig. 30C
Fig. 30CLS
30C
Nom
Size
mm
15
22
28
35
42
54
A
B
C
D
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
69
74
48
26.5
0.34
75
86
69
23.5
0.50
86
105
76
25.5
0.70
100
110
81
30.5
0.95
111
130
94
34.5
1.45
133
152
100
37
2.50
30CLS
Nom
Size
mm
15
22
28
35
42
54
A
B
mm
mm
69
78
75
90
86
110
100
115
111
136
133
160
26.5
0.34
23.5
0.50
25.5
0.70
30.5
0.95
34.5
1.45
37
2.50
D
mm
Weight kg
132
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GATE VALVES
PN16 SERIES B
Fig. C31
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Handwheel
Stem
Gland Packing
Stem Ring
Bonnet
Wedge
Body
Cast Iron
Brass
PTFE
Brass
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
1561 EN-JL1030
12164 CW603N
12164 CW603N
1982 CC490K
1982 CC490K
1982 CC490K
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
A126 CI B
B16 C36000
B16 C36000
B584 C84400
B584 C84400
B584 C84400
SPECIFICATION
Bronze body and bonnet.
Non-rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Generally in accordance with
BS EN 12266.
7 bar at 170C
16 bar from -10 to 100C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
B
Specification
ASTM
18
16
Pressure bar
14
12
10
8
6
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
mm
kg
53
75
54
0.3
57
84
58
0.4
64
95
64
0.6
70
116
70
0.8
74
127
74
0.9
85
151
85
1.5
4
2
0
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
133
GATE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B
Fig. 33
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Disc
Packing Ring
Handwheel
Gland
Stuffing Box
Stem
Stem (21/2" & 3")
Bonnet
Body
Packing Nut
Identification Plate
Handwheel Nut
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Bronze
Asbestos Free
Aluminium
Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Al Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Aluminium
Brass
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12163 CW301G
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
B150 C64200
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 48 bar
Seat: 35.2 bar
B455 C38500
Kitemarked to BS EN 12288:2010.
Non-rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Available with NPT thread (33AT)
1/2 to 2".
B62 C83600
36
32
28
Pressure bar
in
1/4
A
mm 46
B
mm 78
C
mm 60
Weight kg 0.36
3/8
1/2
3/4
46 51 55
78 86 98
60 70 80
0.35 0.47 0.6
1
63
120
85
0.92
11/4 11/2
71
73
83
148 172 196
95 102 120
1.41 1.92 2.72
24
20
16
12
8
4
0
134
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GATE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B
Fig. 669
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Packing Ring
Bonnet
Stem
Disc
Gland
Packing Nut
Handwheel
Handwheel Nut
Union Ring
Identification Plate
Material
Bronze
Asbestos Free
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Brass
Aluminium
Brass
Bronze
Aluminium
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 48 bar
Seat: 35.2 bar
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
-
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
SPECIFICATION
BS EN 12288:2010.
Rising stem.
Union bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Sizes 1/2" and above are available with
NPT thread (669AT).
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
mm
kg
51
137
76
0.46
55
169
81
0.72
63
194
94
1.10
71
232
100
1.50
73
266
120
2.25
83
321
140
3.20
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
135
GATE VALVES
PN16
Fig. 28
Bronze - Lever Operated
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Material
Component
Body
Wedge
Lever
Washer
Plug
O-Ring
Gasket
Bronze / Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
NBR
Fibre
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
16 bar
-20C to +90C
SPECIFICATION
H
Screwed BSP.
Lever operated.
Bronze Body up to 11/2".
Brass Body 2" to 4".
D
L
18
16
Pressure bar
14
12
10
8
6
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
21/2
mm
mm
mm
kg
46
57
130
0.39
51
66
147
0.56
57
76
155
0.78
61
88
184
1.10
67
96
215
1.42
75
115
230
1.62
80
150
355
2.85
86
170
370
3.80
92
210
400
5.80
4
2
0
20 40 60 80
Temperature C
100
136
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GATE VALVES
PN16 SERIES B
Fig. 35
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Gland
Body
Bonnet
Stem
Disc
Stuffing Box
Packing Ring
Packing Nut
Handwheel
Identification Plate
Handwheel Nut
Brass
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Brass
Graphite
Brass
Aluminium
Aluminium
Brass
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
12165 CW617N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
Specification
ASTM
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B124 C37700
SPECIFICATION
Non-rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-3 PN16.
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
D
18
16
mm
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
A
B
C
D
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
90
110
80
105
2.1
100
130
85
115
2.7
110
145
95
140
4.0
120
165
120
150
4.4
135
200
120
165
6.3
165
240
155
185
9.1
185
280
180
200
15.4
190
365
230
220
22.2
Pressure bar
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
137
GATE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B
Fig. 609
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Bonnet
Stem (1/4" to 2")
Stem (21/2")
Stem (3")
Disc
Packing Ring
Gland
Packing Nut (21/2" & 3")
Packing Nut (1/4" to 2")
Handwheel
Identification Plate
Handwheel Nut
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
AL. Brass
(CA 12)
Bronze
Bronze
Asbestos Free
Brass
Brass
Brass
Aluminium
Aluminium
Brass
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW721R
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
SPECIFICATION
Rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Bronze trim.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Complies with BS EN 12288:2010.
Sizes 1/2" and above are available with
American Threads. (Fig. 609AT)
14 bar at 198C
32 bar from -10 to 100C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to BS EN 12266 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 48 bar
Seat: 35.2 bar
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12163 CW301G
36
32
Pressure bar
28
24
20
16
12
in
A
mm
B (Open) mm
C
mm
Weight
kg
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
51
133
70
0.50
55
162
80
0.75
63
191
85
1.30
71
223
95
1.70
73
253
105
2.60
83
307
120
3.50
8
4
0
138
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GATE VALVES
PN20 SERIES B
Fig. C618
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Handwheel
Stem
Gland Nut
Gland
Gland Packing
Bonnet
Body
Wedge
Material
Cast Iron
Copper Alloy
Copper Alloy
Copper Alloy
PTFE
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
9 bar at 180C
20 bar from -10 to 100C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
B tested to BS EN 12266 at the following
test pressures.
Shell: 30 bar
Seat: 22 bar
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1561 EN-JL1030
12164 CW714R
12164 CW603N
12164 CW603N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
A126 CI B
B21-C48200
B16-C36000
B16-C36000
B62-C83600
B62-C83600
B62-C83600
SPECIFICATION
Rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
One piece wedge.
Bronze trim.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Complies with BS EN 12288:2010.
Available with NPT thread (C618AT).
Complies with MSS SP-80 Class 150.
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
mm
kg
48
117
53
0.35
52
140
64
0.53
59
167
73
0.75
64
195
80
1.05
68
222
90
1.41
75
264
102
2.03
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
139
GATE VALVES
PN6
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Handwheel
Gland
Gland Packing
Stuffing Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Wedge Facing Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Expanded
Graphite
Cast Iron
Asbestos Free
Brass
Cast Iron
Asbestos Free
Brass
Brass
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
-
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
1561 EN-JLI030
12164 CW614N
1561 EN-JL1040
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JL1040
A126 CI B
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
BS EN 1171 PN6
6 bar at -10 to 120C
5.4 bar at 150C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
SPECIFICATION
Inside screw.
Non-rising stem.
Bronze trim.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN6.
Also available flanged to
BS10 Table E Fig. 549E.
Shell: 9 bar
Seat: 6.6 bar
7
6
5
Nom
Size
mm
in
50
2
65
21/2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
A PN6
A Table E
B
C
D PN6
D Table E
Weight
mm
in
mm
mm
mm
in
kg
150
53/4
202
130
140
6
13
170
61/4
222
130
160
61/2
16
180
61/2
250
150
190
71/4
22
190
63/4
303
185
210
81/2
29
200
71/2
351
185
240
10
40
210 230
81/4 91/2
411 498
195 225
265 320
11 131/4
51
88
250
103/4
579
245
375
16
150
270
12
680
185
440
18
205
Pressure bar
4
3
2
1
0
140
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GATE VALVES
PN6
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Wedge
Bonnet
Yoke Joint
Yoke Sleeve
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Stem
Stuffing Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Gland Follower
Packing Gland
Handwheel
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Cast Bronze
Asbestos Free
Brass
Steel
Cast Iron
Asbestos Free
Ductile Iron
Brass
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JLI040
1561 EN-JLI040
1561 EN-JLI040
1561 EN-JLI040
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
10087 11sMn30
1561 EN-JLI030
1563 EN-JSI040
1561 EN-JLI030
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
A105
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
SPECIFICATION
Outside screw.
Rising stem.
Bronze trim.
Flanged to BS EN1092-2 PN6.
Also available flanged to
BS10 Table E Figure 552E.
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
B62 C83600
Shell: 9 bar
Seat: 6.6 bar
mm
in
50
2
65
21/2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
A PN6
mm
A Table E in
B (Open) mm
C
mm
Weight
kg
146
53/4
405
190
14
159
61/4
415
190
18
165
61/2
486
190
25
171
63/4
632
305
34
191
71/2
710
305
48
305
12
1373
405
210
Pressure bar
5
4
3
2
1
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
141
GATE VALVES
PN10
Fig. M511
Cast Iron
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Handwheel
Gland
Gland Packing
Stuffing Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Wedge Facing Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Graphite
Cast Iron
Graphite
Copper Alloy
Cast Iron
Graphite
Bronze
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
12164 CW603N
1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
B16-C36000
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually
hydrostatically tested to
BS EN 12266:Part 1 at the
following test pressures:
Shell: 15 bar
Seat: 11 bar
1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
BS EN 1171:2002 PN10
10 bar at -10 to 120C
7.4 bar at 230C
B
Specification
ASTM
14
12
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
A
B
C
D
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
150
292
160
160
17
170
324
160
185
20
180
360
200
200
28
190
380
200
220
34
200
454
250
250
51
210
490
250
285
62
Pressure bar
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
40
142
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GATE VALVES
PN16
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Disc
Body Seat Ring
Disc Seat Ring
Stem
Gasket
Gland Packing Nut
Handwheel
Stem Retaining Ring
Disc Stem Nut
Packing Ring
Handwheel Retaining Nut
Handwheel Washer
Body ID Plate (Not Shown)
Specification
BS EN
Grey Iron
Grey Iron
Grey Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Graphite
Stainless Steel
Grey Iron
Stainless Steel
Bronze
Graphite
Steel
Steel
Aluminium
1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
1561 EN-JL1040
1982 (CC491K)
1982 (CC491K)
970: 410S21
Graphite (Asbestos Free)
970: 304S31
1561 EN-JL1040
970: 304S31
1982 (CC491K)
Graphite (Asbestos Free)
4190 GR4
4320
-
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
E
D
Approx.
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
SPECIFICATION
Wedge disc.
Non-rising stem.
Inside screw.
Handwheel operated.
OPTIONAL
FEATURES
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
Flanges undrilled.
Flanges drilled to BS10
available: Fig 541E.
C
18
16
14
Nom
Size
mm
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
A
B
C
D
E
F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
190
20
185
262
190
118
18.7
203
22
200
286
190
132
23.9
229
24
220
356
220
156
37.6
254
26
250
426
300
184
50.7
267
28
285
463
300
211
63.8
292
30
340
578
350
266
104.3
330
32
405
697
400
319
169.6
356
32
460
788
400
370
241.6
Pressure bar
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
143
GATE VALVES
PN16
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Handwheel
Yoke Sleeve
Yoke (100 to 300mm)
Gland
Gland Packing
Cast Iron
Bronze
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Expanded
Graphite
Asbestos Free
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
-
Steel
Cast Iron
Asbestos Free
Brass
EN10087
1561 EN-JLI040
12164 CW614N
Bronze
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JLI040
A126 CI B
BS EN 1982 CC491K
BS EN 1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JLI040
A126 CI B
Yoke Joint
(100 & 300mm)
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Stem Cone Bush
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Wedge Facing Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
BS EN 1171 PN16
16 bar at -10 to 120C
11.8 bar at 230C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
499 (SHUT)
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
11sMn30
A126 CI B
B16-C36000 /
B124-C37700
SPECIFICATION
BS 5150 and BS EN 1171.
Outside screw.
Rising stem.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Bronze trim.
Flanges drilled to BS10 available
Figure 544E.
Face to face dimensions at
BS EN 558-1 basic series 3.
18
16
14
mm
in
50
2
65
21/2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
200
8
A PN6
B (Open)
C
D PN16
D Table E
D Table F
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
in
in
kg
178
343
190
165
6
61/2
17
190
345
190
185
61/2
71/4
20
203
443
190
200
71/4
8
28
229
520
305
220
81/2
9
40
254
572
305
250
10
11
56
267 292
668 884
305 305
285 340
11 131/4
12 141/2
69 125
250
10
300
12
330 356
955 1054
405 405
405 460
16
18
17 191/4
227 265
Pressure bar
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
144
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GATE VALVES
PN25
Fig. M540
Ductile Iron
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Handwheel
Gland Flange
Gland
Gland Packing
Stuffing Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Wedge Facing Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Cast Iron
Ductile Iron
H T Brass
Expanded
Graphite
Ductile Iron
Asbestos Free
Al Bronze
Ductile Iron
Asbestos Free
Al Bronze
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Ductile Iron
1561 EN JL1030
1561 EN JS1050
1561 EN JS1040
1561 EN JS1050
12163 CW301G
1563 EN JS1050
12163 CW301G
1563 EN JS1050
1563 EN JS1050
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
B150 C64200
B150 C64200
SPECIFICATION
Inside screw.
Non-rising stem.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN25.
Bronze trim.
BS EN 1171:2002 PN25
25 bar at -10 to 120C
21.5 bar at 220C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
PN25
Shell: 37.5 bar
Seat: 27.5 bar
28
24
20
Pressure bar
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
A
B
C
D
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
178
322
190
165
16
190
322
190
185
19
203
340
190
200
24
229
420
305
235
35
254
477
305
270
45
267
542
305
300
62
16
12
8
4
0
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
145
GATE VALVES
CLASS 125
Fig. 501
Cast Iron
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Handwheel
Gland
Gland Packing
Stuffing Box
Stuffing Box Gasket
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge Nut
Wedge
Wedge Facing Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Material
Cast Iron
Cast Iron
Graphite
Cast Iron
Graphite
Copper Alloy
Cast Iron
Graphite
Bronze
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
1561 EN-JLI030
12164 CW603N
1561 EN-JLI040
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JLI040
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JLI040
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
A126 CI B
B16 C36000
A126 CI B
B62 C83600
A126 CI B
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
A126 CI B
SPECIFICATION
Face to face dimensions.
ANSI B16.10 & basic BS EN 558-2
Series 3.
Inside screw.
Flanged to ANSI B16.1 Class 125
and BS 1560 3.2.
Bronze trim.
Complies with MSS SP-70 Class 125
and BS5150 ANSI 125.
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to MSS SP-70 at the following test
pressures.
Shell: 24.1 bar
Seat: 15.2 bar
A126 CI B
A126 CI B
20
18
16
Pressure bar
14
12
10
Nom
Size
in
21/2
A
B
C
D
Weight
in
in
in
in
kg
7
11
7
6
20
71/2
121/2
7
7
25
8
131/2
8
71/2
29
9
151/4
10
9
48
10
18
12
10
65
10
12
101/2 111/2 13
20
25
29
12
14
16
11 131/2 16
80
126 179
14
35
18
19
205
8
6
4
2
0
146
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GATE VALVES
CLASS 125
Fig. 504
Ductile Iron
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
Component
Handwheel
Handwheel
Handwheel Nut
Yoke Bushing
Yoke Bushing
Yoke
Yoke
Yoke
Yoke
Gland Flange
Gland Flange
Gland Flange
Gland
Gland
Gland Packing
Stem
Bonnet
Bonnet
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Wedge
Wedge
Wedge Facing
Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Body
Body
Valve Size
Material
2" - 12"
14" - 24"
All
2" - 12"
14" - 24"
2" - 5"
6" - 12"
14" - 20"
24"
2" - 12"
14" - 20"
24"
2" - 12"
14" - 24"
All
All
2" - 12"
14" - 20"
24"
All
2" - 12"
14" - 24"
All
Cast Iron
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Brass
1561 EN-JL1040
1563 EN-JS1040
1563 EN-JS1040
1982 CC491K
12164 CW603N
Part of Bonnet
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JL1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1050
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JL1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1050
Part of Gland Flange
Brass
12164 CW603N
Graphite
Brass
12164 CW603N
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JL1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1050
SS + Graphite
Cast Iron
1561 EN-JL1040
Ductile Iron
1563 EN-JS1040
Bronze
1982 CC491K
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
B62 C83600
B16 C36000
All
2" - 12"
14" - 20"
24"
Bronze
Cast Iron
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
B62 C83600
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JL1040
1563 EN-JS1040
1563 EN-JS1050
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
B16 C36000
B16 C36000
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
A126 Class B
A126 Class B
B62 C83600
SPECIFICATION
499 (SHUT)
Specification
ASTM
BS EN
TEST PRESSURES
Each valve is individually hydrostatically
tested to MSS SP-70 at the following test
pressures.
Shell: 24.1 bar
Seat: 15.2 bar
Pressure bar
14
12
10
in
mm
2
50
21/2
65
3
80
4
100
5
125
6
8
150 200
A
mm
B (Open) mm
C
mm
Weight
kg
178
405
191
24
190
415
191
26
208
486
191
29
229
632
305
50
254
710
305
71
267
842
305
88
Nom
Size
10
250
12
300
14
350
16 18 20 24
400 450 500 600
457
2600
610
655
508
2650
760
780
8
6
4
2
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
147
148
S Shand-Brown
149
150
S Shand-Brown
Project: Wheelock
Square Tower, Shanghai
Sector: Commercial
Client: The Wharf
(Holdings) Ltd
Architect: Kohn
Pedersen Fox Associates
Consulting Engineer:
Parsons Brinckerhoff
(Asia) Ltd
Contractor: Shanghai
M&E Installation Co Ltd
(the 5th company), China
Construction (Shanghai)
Distributor: Goodways
International (Hong Kong)
Limited
Specification: Hattersley
Globe valves, Butterfly
Valves, Gate Valves and
Swing Check Valves.
Soon to be the tallest
building in the Jingan
commercial district of
Shanghai, the 298 metre
tall Shanghai Wheelock
Square Tower on the
famous Nanjing Road will
have 56 floors above
ground and 2 below.
The tower will provide
110,000 square metres
of office, hotel and retail
space.
Selected for their durable
quality, Hattersleys
Bronze Globe Valves and
PN25 Butterfly Valves
have been installed in the
HVAC system and their
Cast Iron Gate and Swing
Check Valves have been
installed in the plumbing
and drainage system.
Fig. 81HU
Fig. 371
151
DRAIN TAPS
DOC
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Body
Stem
Bonnet
Disc Holder
Bronze
Brass
Brass
Brass
1982 CC491K
12164 CW603N
12164 CW603N
12164 CW603N
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Specification
BS EN
Fig. 370
Fig. 371
in
1/2
3/4
mm
mm
mm
mm
Fig.
Ref
kg
57
59
13
10
391
2
0.22
73
75
16
10
391
3
0.36
79
83
19
11
393
6
0.68
152
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GLAND COCKS
Fig. 81HU
Bronze Hose Union
DOC
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Brass
Bronze
Asbestos Free
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
10 bar 0 to 120C
B
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Body: 20 bar
12165 CW617N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
12
10
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
A
mm
B
mm
MI Lever No.
102
54
Y2
93
54
D2
117
64
D31/2
145
79
D41/2
184
90
Y6
203
100
Y7
240
170
X
Weight
0.35
0.38
0.67
1.2
1.5
2.5
4.14
Pressure bar
3/8
kg
B62
B455-385
B62
SPECIFICATION
B124 Alloy 2
B62
90 operation.
Sizes 1/2" to 1" supplied complete with cap and strap.
Other sizes available with cap and chain on request.
Plugs have square heads with a slot to indicate plug
position.
Malleable iron levers available on request.
Malleable iron lever can be pinned to the plug head at
extra charge.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226 (ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Figure 81HU Gland Cocks are not suitable for gas
service.
Nom
Size
Specification
ASTM
8
6
4
2
Y1
Y2
D2
D31/2
D41/2
Y6
Y7
Square size mm
8.7
9.5
10.3
13.5
15.9
15.9
19.1
0
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
153
154
GLOBE VALVES
Globe Valves
Hattersley globe valves are highly efficient for throttling
service because seat and disc designs provide flow
characteristics with proportionate relationships between
valve lift and flow rate. This assures accurate flow
control/regulation. Globe valve bodies are normally of
spherical shape, ensuring maximum strength against
line pressures and pipeline strains. Wide faced hexagon
ends on threaded valves provide a firm wrench grip
which prevents damage to the valve.
The majority of Hattersley globe valves are inside screw
pattern, having either a screwed bonnet or union bonnet
configuration. A wide choice of disc and seat materials
is offered in this range to enable the user to select a
valve most suited for the intended service.
There are five basic seat and disc arrangements
available:
1. Metal to metal: the seat being integral with the body.
2. Renewable alloy or stainless steel disc and seat.
3. Renewable composition or elastomeric disc.
4. Renewable composition elastomeric disc alloy seat.
5. Vee-Reg pattern stainless steel disc and seat giving
protection against wire drawing on steam service.
155
GLOBE VALVES
PN16 SERIES B
Fig. C4
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Handwheel
Stem
Gland Nut
Gland Follower
Gland Packing
Bonnet
Disc 1/2" to 1"
Disc 11/4" to 2"
Body
Material
Specification
ASTM
Cast Iron
Brass
Brass
Brass
PTFE
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
Bronze
A126 CI B
B16 C36000
B16 C36000
B16 C36000
B584 C84400
B16 C36000
B584 C84400
B584 C84400
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
SPECIFICATION
Rising stem.
Threaded bonnet.
Metal disc.
Taper thread BS EN 12288
(BS 21-IS0 7).
Available with NPT thread (C4AT)
subject to minimum quantities.
7 bar at 170C
16 bar from -10 to 100C
TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)
B
A
B
C
Weight
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
12
mm
mm
mm
kg
49
70
53
0.26
56
70
58
0.35
65
87
64
0.55
75
94
74
0.72
84
104
74
1.01
99
124
87
1.54
am
16
Ste
Nom
Size
20
ate
d
24
ur
Pressure bar
t
Sa
156
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GLOBE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B
Fig. 5
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Body
Disc (1/2" to 1")
Disc (11/4" to 2")
Stem
Bonnet
Stem Packing
Packing
Handwheel
Gland Nut
Lock Nut
Cast Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Brass
Bronze
Teflon
PTFE
Aluminium
Brass
Brass
1982 CC491K
12165 CW617N
1982 CC491K
12164 CW617N
1982 CC491K
PTFE
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
B62 C83600
B124 C37700
B62 C83600
B455 C38000
B62 C83600
B455 C38500
B455 C38500
SPECIFICATION
Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
Available with NPT threads to
ASTM B1.20.1.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
BS 5154.
Bronze Body.
TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)
B
Specification
ASTM
Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar
36
32
28
A
B (Open)
C
Weight
3/4
mm
mm
mm
kg
60
92
70
0.4
74
108
76
0.5
11/4
11/2
86
118
82
0.9
99
137
94
1.4
109
162
101
1.7
130
166
119
2.7
16
12
am
in
1/2
Ste
Nom
Size
20
ate
d
24
4
0
ur
Pressure bar
t
Sa
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
157
GLOBE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Stem
Stem Packing
Bonnet
Packing Nut
Handwheel
Identification Plate
Handwheel Nut
Material
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Cast Bronze
Brass
Teflon
Cast Bronze
Brass
Aluminium
Aluminium
Brass
1982 CC491K
12164 CW617N
PTFE
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
B455 C38500
Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
B62 C83600
B455 C38500
SPECIFICATION
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
B62 C83600
B124 Alloy 2
TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)
Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar
36
32
Weight
1/2
3/4
mm
mm
mm
mm
Fig.
Ref
kg
51
72
57
75
391
IP
0.2
51
72
57
75
391
IP
0.2
60
92
68
95
391
IP
0.4
74
108
75
111
391
IP
0.6
86
118
82
121
391
IP
0.9
20
16
12
am
3/8
Ste
1/4
24
ate
d
A
B (Open)
C
E
Lockshield key
in
Pressure bar
28
Fig. 5NLS
4
0
ur
Fig. 5N
t
Sa
158
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GLOBE VALVES
PN32 SERIES B
Fig. 13
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Specification
ASTM
BS EN
Handwheel Nut
Gland Nut
Aluminium
Brass
12164 CW614N
Packing
Bonnet
Stem
Disc Stem Nut
Disc Holder
PTFE
Bronze
Brass
Brass
Brass
1982 CC491K
12165 CW617N
12164 CW603N
12164 CW614N
Brass
12164 CW614N
Body
Bronze
1982 CC491K
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
B62 C83600
B455 C38000
B16 C36000
B16 C36000
B124 C37700
B16 C36000
B124 C37700
B62 C83600
SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991.
Bronze body.
PTFE replacement disc.
Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Available with NPT threads to
ASTM B1.20.1
TEST PRESSURES
(PNEUMATIC)
B16 C36000
B124 C37700
Shell: 6 bar
Seat: 6 bar
36
32
Pressure bar
28
16
3/8
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
mm
kg
51
72
56.5
0.3
51
72
56.5
0.3
60
92
68.3
0.5
74
108
75.1
0.6
86
118
82
1.1
99
137
94
1.6
109
162
100
2.2
130
166
119
3.7
Ste
1/4
am
12
in
ate
d
A
B (Open)
C
Weight
20
4
0
ur
Nom
Size
24
t
Sa
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
159
GLOBE VALVES
PN40
Fig. 23
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Handwheel
Gland
Packing
Bonnet
Union Ring
Disc
Stem
Disc Stem Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Lock Washer
Packing Nut
(1/4" to 11/2")
Packing Nut 2"
Handwheel Nut
Identification Plate
Aluminium
Brass
Non Asbestos
Bronze
Bronze
316 St. Steel
Man Bronze
Man Bronze
13% Cr St
Bronze
Brass
Brass
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
12164 CW721R
12164 CW721R
10088 X12Cr13
1982 CC491K
2870
12164
Bronze
Brass
Aluminium
1982 CC491K
12164 CW614N
-
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B138C67500
B138C67500
A276 410
B62 C83600
CZ 123
CW721R
SPECIFICATION
BS 5154:1991.
Bronze body.
316 stainless steel disc.
Rising stem.
Union bonnet.
Taper threaded BS EN 10226
(ISO 7-1) formerly BS 21.
Available with NPT threads to
ASTM B1.20.1.
PN40
17.5 bar at 260F
40 bar from -10 to 120C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
B
Specification
ASTM
Shell: 60 bar
Seat: 44 bar
44
40
36
Pressure bar
32
28
24
20
16
in
1/4
3/8
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
12
mm
mm
mm
kg
59
126
76
0.56
59
126
76
0.55
68
142
81
0.8
81
154
94
1.24
95
173
100
1.82
108
201
119
2.73
121
225
139
3.78
146
255
150
6.03
8
4
0
160
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
GLOBE VALVES
PN16 SERIES B
Fig.17
Bronze
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Body
Disc Stem Ring
Packing
Gland
Packing Nut
Washer
Disc Retaining Nut
Handwheel
Handwheel Nut
Identification Plate
Bonnet
Stem
Disc
Disc Holder
Bronze
Man Bronze
Asbestos Free
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Aluminium
Brass
Aluminium
Bronze
Brass
PTFE
Bronze
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
Specification
ASTM
1982 CC491K
12164 CW721R
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
12164 CW614N
1982 CC491K
12164
1982 CC491K
B62 C83600
B138 C67500
B62 C83600
CW721R
B62 C83600
SPECIFICATION
Rising stem.
Screwed bonnet.
Renewable glass filled PTFE disc.
Conical seat disc (15 to 50mm).
Flanged to BS EN 1092-3.
Also available with flanges drilled to BS10
Table E and F and ANSI from PN16 flanges.
Face to face dimensions of all valves are to
PN16 detail.
18
16
20
25
32
40
50
A
B
C
D
E
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
80
101
70
95
6.0
1.24
90
119
80
105
6.0
1.76
100
130
95
115
8.0
2.30
110
155
95
140
8.0
2.82
120
172
105
150
9.0
5.22
135
196
120
165
11.0
5.71
8
6
m
15
dS
tea
mm
10
ra
te
Nom
Size
12
2
0
Sa
tu
Pressure bar
14
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
161
GLOBE VALVES
PN16
Fig. 731
Cast Iron
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Handwheel
Yoke Bush
Stem
Gland Flange
Gland Follower
Gland Packing
Bonnet
Bonnet Gasket
Disc Stem Nut
Disc
Disc Seat Ring
Body Seat Ring
Body
Material
Cast Iron
Bronze
Brass
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Graphite
Cast Iron
Graphite
Bronze
Cast Iron
Bronze
Bronze
Cast Iron
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE
RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1561 EN-JL1030
1982 CC491K
12164 CW603R
1563 EN-JS1030
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JL1040
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1982 CC491K
1561 EN-JL1040
A126 CIB
B62 C83600
B16 C36000
A536 65-45-12
B62 C83600
A126 ClB
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B62 C83600
B584 C83600
A126 ClB
SPECIFICATION
BS EN 13789:2010.
Face to face dimensions BS EN 588-1 basic series 10.
Cast iron body and bonnet.
Outside screw, rising stem.
Bronze trim.
Sizes DN125 to DN300 have a centre guided disc.
Handwheel operated.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
Also available flanged BS 5152 ANSI 125
Figure 731 ANSI.
18
16
10
8
6
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
A
mm
B (Open) mm
C
mm
Weight
kg
203
259
178
16
216
300
178
21
241
318
200
26
292
402
254
44
330
419
300
62
356
479
300
83
495
537
348
141
Sa t
ura
ted
Nom
Size
12
Stea
Pressure bar
14
4
2
0
162
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Specification
Screwed end valve are supplied screwed internal
to BS EN 10266 (ISO 7) or API Line Pipe Thread
as required.
PN16 flanged end valves are drilled to
BS EN 1092 2PN16 and class 125 conform
to ANSI B16.1 Class 125.
PN25 flanged end valves are drilled to
BS EN 1092 2PN25 and Class 250 conform
to ANSI B16.1 Class 250.
Health and Safety
HNH-Milliken plug valves contain sealing
compound and grease which, for their intended
use, do not present a significant hazard to health.
If skin contact occurs when recharging the valve
with compound wash hands thoroughly with soap
and water and maintain good standards of
hygiene.
Health and safety data sheets are available for
each compound and give guidance on safe
handling and remedial action if misused.
Flanges
This catalogue provides information for screwed
end valves and valves fitted with flanges to
BS EN 1092-2 and ANSI B16.1. Valves with
BS10 flanges can be supplied, details on
application.
Gearing
In this catalogue the dimensional tables indicate
where, in our opinion, valves should be fitted with
gearing.
Steam Jacketing
Steam jacketed bottom covers can be fitted to the HNH-Milliken valves shown in the table.
Steam jacketing is used on viscous services where heat is required to keep the media in a liquid state.
Steam Jacket Availability
Nom Size
200S
mm
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
in
11/4
11/2
21/2
10
163
Flanged
Sizes
Hot
BS EN 1092-2 PN16
Pressure/Temperature Rating
Cold
All
to 12"
125lbf/in2 at 450F
14 to 24"
100lbf/in2 at 353F
15 to 300mm
350 to 600mm
to 12"
250Ibf/in2 at 450F
14 to 24"
200lbf/in2 at 406F
15 to 300mm
350 to 600mm
Screwed
Sizes
1/2
1/2
Hot
PN16
All
Class 250
All
Pressure/Temperature Rating
Cold
End
Connection
Pressure
Rating
Screwed
PN16
Nominal
Size
Body Test
bar
lbf/in2
Seat Test
bar
lbf/in2
24.0
17.6
348
255
PN16
Flanged
PN16
Flanged
ANSI 125
Flanged
ANSI 125
24.0
348
17.6
255
24.1
350
13.8
200
18.3
265
12.1
175
51.7
750
34.5
500
DN80 (3")
Flanged
ANSI 250
Note: All valves 1/2" to 11/2" inclusive are pneumatically tested to:
Body: 6 to 7 bar
Seat: 6 to 7 bar
VALVE PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
The pressure/temperature ratings given apply
to the valve only.
The maximum temperature at which a valve
may operate depends upon the sealing
compound with which the valve is filled.
However, should the sealing compound have
an operating temperature different to that of
the valve the lower temperature must apply.
164
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
mm
in
25
1
32
11/4
40
11/2
50
2
65
21/2
80
3
100
4
125
5
150
6
mm
mm
in
B
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Wrench (screwed)
Wrench (flanged)
Weight (screwed)
kg
Weight (flanged)
kg
92
102
4
103
41/4
G
G/C
1.7
2.9
102
111
43/8
108
45/8
G
G/C
1.9
4.2
111
118
45/8
119
5
J
J/C
2.4
5.0
152
178
7
127
6
J
J
4.3
8.2
165
190
71/2
197
7
L
L
6.6
11
187
203
8
206
71/2
L
L
10
17
225
225
9
254
9
O
O
21
24
254
10
270
10
P
44
267
292
101/2 111/2
298
327
11
131/2
P
Q
57
77
A (170M)
A (171M)
200
8
DETAILS OF
TAPPED HOLES
The close proximity of the flange to
the body does not allow room for all
bolt holes to be drilled through.
These holes are drilled and tapped
as follows:
Valve size
125mm
150 to 200mm
250 to 300mm
Tapped
M16
M20
M24
mm
in
150
6
200
8
250
10
300
12
400
16
450
18
500
20
600
24
A
mm
B
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Weight
kg
267
380
11
71
292
473
131/2
95
330
532
16
163
356
576
19
224
762
738
231/2
558
864
802
25
625
914
843
271/2
1190
1067
914
32
1610
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
165
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
15
20
1/2
3/4
25
1
32
11/4
40
11/2
50
2
65
21/2
80
3
100
4
125 150
5
6
DETAILS OF
TAPPED HOLES
mm
mm
in
B
mm
D Flanged PN16
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Wrench
Weight (200M)
kg
Weight (201M)
kg
81
G
0.8
2.7
88
G
1.2
2.7
106
121
43/4
108
115
41/4
G
2.1
3.9
111
111
43/8
124
140
45/8
J
2.6
4.6
117
117
45/8
127
150
5
J
3.1
5.7
152
178
7
197
165
6
L
6.0
10
165
190
71/2
206
185
7
L
8.8
13
187
203 229
8
9
254 270
200 220
71/2 9
O
P
14 31
19 39
254 267
10 101/2
299 327
250 285
10
11
P
Q
58
77
Nom
Size
A (200M)
A (201M)
mm
in
125
5
150
6
200
8
mm
in
B
mm
D Flanged PN16
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Weight
kg
254
10
381
250
10
72
267
101/2
473
285
11
95
292
111/2
533
340
131/4
167
166
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
mm
in
25
1
32
11/4
40
11/2
50
2
65
21/2
80
3
100
4
A (200R)
A (201R)
mm
mm
106
-
127
140
133
190
190
222
244
324
in
B
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Wrench
Weight (200R)
kg
Weight (201R)
kg
5
114
41/4
J
1.9
3.8
51/4
124
45/8
J
3.6
5.8
71/2
140
5
L
4.9
7.5
83/4
206
6
O
12
17
95/8
216
7
O
19
23
123/4
245
71/2
P
25
30
286
9
Q
60
61
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
167
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
mm
in
A (200L/T)
A (201T/221T)
mm
mm
in
mm
mm
in
B
Flanged PN16
D Flanged ANSI 125
Wrench
Weight (screwed)
Weight (flanged)
kg
kg
15
20
1/2
3/4
25
1
32
11/4
40
11/2
50
2
65
21/2
99
108
G
1.7
-
99
108
G
1.6
-
108
118
J
2.5
-
127
133
J
3.8
-
140
133
L
5.2
-
162
216
81/2
206
165
6
L
8.4
13
248 267
93/4 101/2
222 257
185 200
7
71/2
O
P
15
29
24
39
mm
in
125
5
150
6
mm
in
B
mm
D Flanged PN16
mm
D Flanged ANSI 125 in
Weight
kg
387
151/4
476
250
10
125
406
16
521
285
11
151
80
3
100
4
324
123/4
302
220
9
Q
51
82
VALVE IDENTIFICATION
Ends
Screwed
Screwed
Flanged
Flanged
Flanged
Operation
Non-transflow
Wrench
Wrench
Wrench
Geared
Transflow
Wrench
Fig. No.
200L
200T
201T
201TG
221T
168
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
mm
in
A (401M)
mm
in
mm
in
B
D Flanged ANSI 250
Wrench
Weight (401M)
kg
15
20
1/2
3/4
25
1
32
11/4
40
11/2
50
2
65
21/2
80
3
100
4
102
G
3.0
105
G
3.7
108
47/8
G
5.0
124
51/4
J
5.6
127
61/8
J
7.0
216
81/2
187
61/2
L
15
mm
in
125
5
150
6
mm
in
B
mm
D Flanged ANSI 250 in
Weight
kg
381
15
381
11
92
403
157/8
473
121/2
120
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
169
Servicing Instructions
HNH-Milliken Parallel Plug Valves
Positive isolation with minimum maintenance
Combination
Sealing Screw
(for gun injection)
Injection of Compound
When the combination screw has reached its
limit (screwed fully down) this indicates that
the valve needs recharging with sealing
compound.
When using the lightweight compound gun,
remove the combination screw, partially fill
the compound reservoir in the plug, replace
the combination screw, and screw down.
This operation may need repeating several
times. When using the NMG 40 high pressure
gun, attach the nozzle to the injection nipple
and give several steady stokes of the lever.
VALVES MUST EITHER BE FULLY OPEN
OR FULLY CLOSED WHILST THEY ARE
BEING CHARGED.
Indication of Full Charging
The first indication of the valve becoming fully
charged is an increase in the effort required
to rotate the combination screw, or with the
high pressure gun injection an increase in the
effort required on the lever.
The effort required to operate the valve
should have increased from the initial
operation prior to injection of sealing
compound.
No. Temperature Colour of
Range
Compound
18*
44
74
32 to 450F
0 to 230C
-40 to 284F
-40 to 140C
-31 to 500F
-34 to 260C
Lightweight
compound gun
Method of injection
Where the number of valves to be charged is
small, ie. 12-15 valves, especially if they are
in the smaller sizes, lightweight gun injection
can be successfully used. For larger
quantities use of the NMG40 high pressure
gun is recommended.
Valve Leakage
Leakage through the valve indicates that the
valve requires injection of sealing compound
or that it needs opening and closing a
minimum of three times to distribute the
compound evenly.
Operating Torque
Should a valve become jammed or unusually
stiff to operate, this can generally be cured
by the injection of sealing compound. If this
is ineffective, it will be necessary to
dismantle the valve, clean the components
and recharge with sealing compound.
Servicing
Advice is available from the Hattersley
Service Department in connection with
all aspects of operation, lubrication and
maintenance.
Availability
Buff
Bulk
Black
Grey
Green
Prepacked
Cartridges
Apple Green
White
White
Tubes, Bulk
and Strong
Chemicals
Bulk and
Prepacked
Cartridges
Bulk and
Prepacked
Cartridges
** UK WFBS Listed
Do NOT
use for
Cleaning
Solvent
Paraffin
Hot Water
Solvents
Acetone
CONSTRUCTION
Only five major parts are involved
when dismantling ie. body, parallel
plug, PTFE thrust ring, bottom cover
and plug support spring.
OPERATION
Care must be taken particularly with
geared valves that the plug is eased off
the body stop after operation to ensure
the plug is free to float.
ROUTINE
MAINTENANCE
Valves are despatched by Hattersley
charged with sealing compound.
A compound identification tag states
clearly that the valve has been
assembled and tested with a universal
compound. The user is advised to
follow the chart overleaf for specific
applications. When injecting additional
sealing compound, care should be
taken to ensure that it is of the correct
type. Where the service permits, the
valve should be partially or fully
operated once to ensure free operation
and to determine the effort required.
For infrequently operated valves
maintenance merely consists of two or
three turns of the combination screw
or, if gun injection, several strokes of
the lever, and opening and closing the
valve a minimum of three times to
distribute the compound evenly around
the plug at three monthly intervals. It is
difficult to be specific how often the
valve should be recharged with sealing
compound, since this is determined by
the frequency of operation, type of
service, pressure and temperature.
0813_v3
Black
170
Colour
of Box
Label
SEALING
Sealing
Compound
0813_v3
Acetone/Acetate
Acetone
Air
Alcohols
Alkaline Solutions
Ammonia Anhydrous
Ammonia (Gas)
Ammonia (Liquid)
Ammoniacal Copper Hydroxide
Ammonium Hydroxide
Amyl Alcohol (Pure)
Anline Dyes
Anthracine Oil
Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Aromatic Solvents
Asphalt
Asphalt Emulsions
74
74
90,74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
44
44
18,74
18,74
Barium Hydroxide
Beet Sugar Liquors
Benzene
Benzyl Alcohol
Bocarbonate of Soda
Bitumen
Blast Furnace Gas
Boiler Blow Down
Borax
Brake Fluid
Bunker Fuel
Butadiene
Butane (Gas or Liquid)
Butanol
Butyl Alcohol
74
90
44
74
74
18,74
90,74
90
90
74
161
44
44
74
74
90,74
90,74
90,74
90
74
74
44
90,74
90,74
44,74
74
74
74
74
74
90,74
90,74
Service
Chloride of Lime
Chocolate
Chrome Alum
Chrome Tanning Liquor
Coal Gas
Coal Gas Condensate
Coal/Petroleum Mixed Gas
Condensate
Coal Tar
Coal Tar Oils
Coal Tar Solvents
Coal Washers
Coconut Oil
Coke Oven Gas
Condensate
Corn Oil
Corn Syrup (Glucose)
Cotton Seed Oil
Creosote
Cumene
Cutting Oil
Cyanide Solutions
Sealing
Compound
90,74
No
compound
90,74
90,74
44
90,44
Denatured Alcohol
Dextrine
Diesel Fuel
Distillate Petroleum
Disinfectant Solution
Enamel (see Paint)
Epsom Salts
Ethane Gas
Ethanalamine
Ether, Petroleum
Ethers
Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Alcohol (Ethanol)
Ethyl Benzine
Ethyl Chloride Gas or Liquid
Ethylene
Ethylene Dichloride (Dry)
Ethyline Gas
Ethylene Glyco/Water Sol.
(50% Antifreeze)
Ethylene Glycol
90,44
18
74
44
90,74
90,74
90,74
90
90,74
90
90,74
44,18
44
44
90,74
74
90
44
44
90
90
44
74,44
44
44
44
74
44
44
44,18
44,74
44,18
90,74
74
Service
Sealing
Compound
90,74
44
44
44
44
Gases
Gas (Manufactured)
Gas (Natural)
Gas Oil
Gasoline
Glucose
Glycerine (Glycerol)
Grain Alcohols (Ethyl Alcohol)
Grease
Gypsum (Calcium Sulphate)
*
90,44
90,44
44
44
90
90,74
74
44,74
90
Helium Gas
90,44
Heptane
44
Heavy Oil (Coke Plant)
44
Hexane
44
Hydraulic Fluid (Haughtosafe 271)
44
Hydraulic Oil
44
Hydrocarbons (Aromatic)
44
Hydrogen Gas
90,44
Kerosene
Ketones (Not Acetone)
44
44,74
Lard
Latex
Light Naphthas
Light Oil
Linseed Oil
Liquid Petroleum Gas (LPG)
Lubricating Oil
Lye Solutions (Alkalies)
90
*
44
44,74
90,74
44
44
74
Magnesium Hydroxide
Maltose (Malt Syrup)
Manufactured Gas
Methane Gas
Methyl Alcohol (Methanol)
Methyl Bromide
Methyl Chloride, Gas or Liquid
Methylated Spirits
Milk of Lime
Mineral Oil
Mineral Spirits
Molasses
Monoethanolomine
90
90
90,44
90,44
74
74
44
74
90,74
44
44
90
74,44
171
Sealing
Compound
Naptha
Naptha Vapours
Naphthalene
Natural Gas
Nitrobenzene
Nitrogen Gas
44
44
44,74
90,44
44
90,44
44
44
18,74
90,44
Paints
- Alcohol Solvent Base
- Hydrocarbon Solvent Base
- Varnish
- Water Based
- White Spirit Based
Paraffin
Paraffin Wax
Pentane
Petrolatum (Petroleum Jelly)
Petroleum Gas
Petroleum Ether
Phthalic Anhydride
Pine Resin
Pitch
Polyester Resin Solvent
Polyisobutylene
Polyvinyl Acetate Emulsion
Potash (Potassium Carbonate)
Potassium Cyanide Liquor
Potassium Sulphate
Producer Gas
Propane (Gas or Liquid)
Propylene
Pyridine
74
44
44
90
44
44
90,44
44
44,74
90,44
44
74
90,74
18,74
*
44
*
90,74
90,74
90
90,44
90,44
44
*
Quenching Oil
44,18
Rapeseed Oil
Road Tars
Rosin (Fine Resin)
Rubber Latex
Rubber Solvent
90,44,74
18,74
*
*
*
Service
Sealing
Compound
90,44
Sewage
Sewage Gas
90,44
Shell Cornea
44
44
Shell Garia A
Shell Turbine Oil
44
Shellac in Alcohol
74
*
Shock Absorber Oil (Mineral)
90,44
Sludge and Sewage
90,74
Soap Solutions
Soda Liquor (Paper Industry)
74
Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash)
74
Sodium Cyanide Solution
90,74
Sodium Hydroxide
(up to 50% Conc.)
74
Sodium Metasilicate
74
Sodium Nitrate
90
Sodium Phosphate (Tri-basic)
90,74
Sodium Silicate
74
Sodium Sulphate
90,74
Soluble Oil
90,74
Solvent Naphtha
17,44
Starch Solutions
90
Sugar Solutions
90
Sulphur (Liquid)
44,18,74
Sulphur Dioxide
74
Sulphur Trioxide
74
Synthetic Resins
*
Synthetic Tannins
*
Tanning Liquors
Tar
Tar Oil (Creosote)
Teepol
Tempering Oil
Tetraethyl Lead
Toluene (Toluol)
Triethanolamine
Trimethylamine
Trisodium Phosphate
Turpentine
Tallow
90,74
18,74
44,18
90
44,18
44
44
74
44,74
90,74
44
90
Vacuum Service
Varnish (See Paints)
Vegetable Oils
Vegetable Oils and Water
Vegetable Tannins
Vinyl Chloride Monomer
90,44
Service
Sealing
Compound
Water (Cold)
Water (Cold, Domestic)
Water (Hot, Heating)
Water/Gas
Water Softener Salts
Wax Emulsions
Waxes
White Spirit
Wood Alcohol (Methyl Alcohol)
Wort, Beer
Xylol (Xylene)
90
90
90
90,74
90,74
90,74
44,74
44
74
90
44
90,74
90,74
90,74
74
0813_v3
172
S Shand-Brown
173
174
175
S Shand-Brown
176
S Shand-Brown
Look no
PRESS-FIT
Further
VALVES
PRESS-FIT VALVES
AT
TERSL
IO
N S
PRESS-FIT
VA LV E S
IC
D E D
TE
D
LU
S O
Press-Fit Valves
Maximum Performance Benefits
Pre-assembled & Fewer Joints
Valves come already fitted with Geberit Mapress connectors so
there is just one integral unit. For the fitter, the benefits are huge;
the number of joints to make on-site is dramatically reduced and
the performance, exact dimensions & tolerances of the Press-Fit
Valve are known in advance. This is ideal for pre-fabricators who
can pre-cut pipework with confidence.
Thoroughly Tested
Each Press-Fit valve undergoes the standard 6 bar air
underwater test. Hattersley also used bend and vibration tests
to EN331 and DVGW respectively during development to test
the integrity of the fitting.
An Outstanding Pedigree
Hattersley and Geberit have been trading for nearly 100 years
and bring together their expertise in creating innovative,
quality products and solutions th at have been used by
specifiers, consultants and contractors around the world.
All Press-Fit Valves come with a unique white end cap, which has a
size indicator, and ensures that the product is protected from any
ingress of material prior to installation. In addition, innovative white
foil indicators which surround the pressing contours of the
connectors are designed to fall off after pressing with a Press-Fit
Tool. This enables unpressed joints to be clearly visible before the
pressure test. As a further safety enhancement, Press-Fit valves
feature defined leak paths, which if unpressed, will cause controlled
leakage and be immediately identified during initial testing.
Application - Adapting to Variety
Designed for both new-build and refurbishment projects,
Press-Fit valves can be installed on a variety of pipe
materials. In addition to any brand of copper tubing
conforming to BS EN 1057 R220 soft copper (12-22mm),
R250 semi-hard coppper (12-28mm) and R290 hard
copper (12-54mm), the valves can also be pressed onto
Geberit Mapress Stainless and Carbon Steel.
180
PRESS-FIT VALVES
Additional
O-Ring creates
leak-tight seal.
5
O-Ring features
defined leak
paths - a fail safe
against unpressed
joints.
Exact dimensions,
tolerances and
performance of
entire unit is known
in advance.
7
0813_v3
181
PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16
Fig. 1432.PF
Bronze Double Regulating Valve
New
DRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No.
1
2
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet - 1/2" - 11/4"
Bonnet - 11/2" - 2"
Stem
Disc
Disc Retaining Ring
(Sizes 1-2" only)
Balancing Cone
Drive Sleeve
Drive Sleeve Retaining Clip
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Specification
Bronze
DZR Brass
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
BS EN 1982 CC49IK
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 1982 CC491K
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12165 CW602N
DZR Brass
Brass
Carbon
Spring Steel
Handwheel Retaining Screw Brass
Disc Face (Sizes 1-2" only) PTFE
Hattersley Handwheel
Plastic
Memory Stop Screw
HT Steel
O-Ring Seal
EPDM Rubber
Identification Plate
Polycarbonate
Press-Fit Connector
Bronze
Connector O-Ring
CIIR Butyl Rubber
Joint O-Ring
EPDM Rubber
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
DIN7993 SIZE 018
BS EN 12164 CW617N
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved
BS EN 1982 CC499K
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
14
HATTERSLEY
1432 MAP
11
CLOSE
Fig. 1432.PF
12
8
9
7
3
15
17
13
Fig. 1432.PF
Pressed
16
10
1
A
F
E
BODY SEAT/STEM DETAIL
Size
TEMPERATURE RANGE
Dimensions (mm)
(mm)
Fig.1432.PF
1/2
x 15
87
110
46
15
132
93
Fig.1432L.PF
1/2
x 18
87
110
46
15
132
93
3/4
x 22
96
111
51
22
147
106
Fig.1432.PF
1 x 28
100
132
56
28
152
107
11/4 x 35
114
133
57
35
172
121
11/2 x 42
125
148
61
42
193
134
2 x 54
146
149
75
54
227
158
182
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16
Fig. 1732.PF
Bronze Fixed Orifice Double Regulating Valve
New
FOCS
4
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No.
1
2
Component
Material
6
7
8
Body
Bonnet - 1/2" - 11/4"
Bonnet - 11/2" - 2"
Stem
Disc (Sizes 1-2" only)
Disc Retaining Ring
(Sizes 1-2" only)
Balancing Cone
Drive Sleeve
Drive Sleeve Retaining Clip
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
3
4
5
Specification
Bronze
DZR Brass
Bronze
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
BS EN 1982 CC49IK
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 1982 CC491K
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12165 CW602N
DZR Brass
Brass
Carbon
Spring Steel
Brass
PTFE
Plastic
HT Steel
EPDM Rubber
Polycarbonate
DZR Brass
DZR Brass
Bronze
CIIR Butyl Rubber
EPDM Rubber
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
DIN7993 SIZE 018
BS EN 12164 CW617N
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 1982 CC499K
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
Fig. 1732.PF
12
7
9
3
5
17
19
13
14
16
CLOSE
1732 MAP
HATTERSLEY
11
15
18
10
A
F
BODY SEAT/STEM DETAIL
FOR SIZES 1/2 & 3/4
Fig.1732.PF
Size
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
TEMPERATURE RANGE
-10 to 120C
(mm)
(Kg)
1/2
x 15
87
110
46
15
132
93
0.716
1/2
x 18
87
110
46
18
133
94
0.720
3/4
x 22
96
111
51
22
147
106
0.788
1 x 28
100 132
56
28
152
107
1.136
SPECIFICATION
11/4 x 35
114 133
57
35
172
121
1.434
11/2 x 42
125 148
61
42
193
134
1.906
2 x 54
146 149
75
54
227
158
2.512
OPTIONS
Available in standard flow (Fig.1732.PF),
medium flow (Fig.1732M.PF)
and low flow (Fig.1732L.PF)
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
183
PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16
Fig. 100.PF
DZR Ball Valve
New
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No.
1
2
3
Component
Material
Body
Seat
Ball - 1/2" - 1"
Ball - 11/4" - 2"
Stem
Handle
Packing Nut
Packing Gland
O-Ring
Seat Retainer
Press-Fit Connector
Connector O-Ring
Joint O-Ring
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Specification
DZR Brass
PTFE
DZR Brass
Bronze
Brass
Steel
DZR Brass
PTFE
EPDM Rubber
DZR Brass
Bronze
CIIR Butyl Rubber
EPDM Rubber
BS EN 12165 CW602N
WRAS Approved
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 1982 CC491K
BS EN 12164 CW602N
Dacromet Plated
BS EN 12165 CW617N
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved
BS EN 12165 CW602N
BS EN 1982 CC499K
WRAS Approved
WRAS Approved
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2
4
6
7
1
12
Fig. 100.PF
10
11
B
A
Dimensions (mm)
L
Weight
L2
(Kg)
-10 to 120C
OPERATOR
1/2
x 15
59
104
63
15
99
48
0.319
1/2
x 18
59
105
64
18
99
48
0.323
3/4
x 22
67
118
75
22
99
51
0.463
1 x 28
80
132
85
28
125
63
0.728
11/4 x 35
94
152
99
35
140
78
1.146
11/2 x 42
102
170
102
42
140
84
1.527
2 x 54
124
205
134
54
165
98
2.382
Lever - Fig.100.PF,
Extension stem lever - Fig.100EXT.PF,
Lockshield - Fig.100LS.PF and
T-handle - Fig.100TH.PF
184
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16
Fig. 47.PF
Bronze Check Valve
New
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No.
Component
Material
Specification
Body
Bronze
BS EN 1982 CC491K
Cap
Bronze
BS EN 1982 CC491K
Brass
BS EN 12164 CW614N
Bronze
BS EN 1982 CC491K
Hinge
Bronze
BS EN 1982 CC491K
Hinge Pin
Stainless Steel
BS 970 GR316S11
Hinge Nut
Brass
BS EN 12164 CW614N
Press-Fit Connector
Bronze
BS EN 1982 CC499K
Joint O-Ring
EPDM Rubber
WRAS Approved
Connector O-Ring
WRAS Approved
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
2
5
Fig. 47.PF
9
7
3
A
D
C
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(Kg)
TEMPERATURE RANGE
-10 to 120C
1/2
x 15
59.5
33
104.1
65.1
15
0.42
SPECIFICATION
1/2
x 18
59.5
38
105.5
66.5
18
0.42
Bronze (BS 1982 CC491K) Check Valve, swing type to BS 5154 series 'B'.
3/4
x 22
68.0
42
119.0
78.0
22
0.57
1 x 28
81.5
49
133.1
88.1
28
0.70
11/4
x 35
93.2
56
151.6
100.6
35
1.31
11/2 x 42
98.3
65
166.5
107.5
42
1.73
2 x 54
110.6
76
191.6
122.6
54
2.65
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
185
PRESS-FIT VALVES
PN16
Fig. 817.PF
Bronze Strainer
New
STR
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
No.
Material
Specification
Body
Bronze
BS EN 1982 CC491K
Mesh
Stainless Steel
Cap Seal
PTFE
WRAS Approved
Cap
Bronze
BS EN 1982 CC491K
Press-Fit Connector
Bronze
BS EN 1982 CC499K
Joint O-Ring
EPDM Rubber
WRAS Approved
Connector O-Ring
WRAS Approved
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
G
H
A
1
HEX A/F
Fig. 817.PF
E (WITHDRAWAL DISTANCE)
Dimensions (mm)
Mesh
Hole
Weight
(Kg)
1/2
x 15
0.75
58
33
40
55
62
27
103
63
15
0.284
1/2
x 18
0.75
58
33
40
55
62
27
104
64
18
0.290
3/4
x 22
0.75
70
42
54
69
80
33
121
80
22
0.443
1 x 28
0.75
88
48
60
80
93
40
140
95
28
0.612
11/4 x 35
1.40
96
55
69
95
108
49
154
103
35
1.064
11/2 x 42
1.40
107
61
76
107
118
55
175
117
42
1.416
2 x 54
1.40
126
79
99
135
153
67
207
138
54
2.030
TEMPERATURE RANGE
-10 to 120C
SPECIFICATION
Bronze (BS EN 1982 CC491K) 'Y' type Strainer.
Fitted with perforated stainless steel screen with 0.75mm
holes (1/2" to 1") and 1.40mm holes (11/4" to 2").
Machined screen seats in body and cap ends.
Screwed-in cap with captive washer.
Complete with Geberit Mapress bronze Press-Fit
adaptors Rated PN16 (Maximum temperature 120C).
186
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
RADIATOR VALVES
Radiator Valves
Series 3000 radiator valves from Hattersley are
recognised as the industry standard for high
quality and dependable performance. The range
incorporates Thermostatic, Wheelhead and
Lockshield valves; and also a Universal valve
body to accommodate TRV and Wheel heads.
All valves are available in 1/2" and 3/4" BSP sizes,
each supplied complete with complementary
compression end adaptors.
The chrome plated brass valves are
complemented by a range of accessories
including Remote Sensors and Transmitters,
and Tamperproof TRV locks.
The Hattersley Series 3000 radiator valves
enable isolation, regulation and give
thermostatic control.
Universal Valve Body for TRV and Wheel Head
The range offers interchangeability of the
TRV head and the Wheelhead. The revolutionary
body design enables both the TRV head and
the Wheelhead to be connected directly to a
common valve body without the need for
adaptors. This design breakthrough therefore
reduces the cost of stock holding and increases
the versatility of the range.
Function
Thermostatic valves are typically used for
regulating the fluid flow to the radiators of central
heating systems. They are provided with a
regulating element which automatically controls
the opening of the valve to keep the ambient
temperature of the room, where they are
installed, constant at the set value. This prevents
unwanted temperature rises and achieves
considerable energy savings.
The Series 3000 Radiator valve range is
eminently suitable for building services
installations where durability and rugged
construction are predominant, while satisfying
the aesthetic requirements demanded for
modern commercial and domestic interiors.
Maximum working pressure: 10 bar operating
between 5 to 100C.
The Hattersley range of valves and TRV controls
are approved to standards UNI EN 215.
Additional information available on request.
187
RADIATOR VALVES
Series 3000
Hydraulic Characteristics
Description
Size
1
Kv (m3/h)
Proportional Band (K)
1.5
2
Kvs
3
3100
3100
3300
3300
1/2"
Fig.
Description
Size
Nominal Flow
(l/h)
3100
3100
3300
3300
1/2"
180
240
180
240
1
1
1
1
3/4"
1/2"
3/4"
0.34
0.40
0.34
0.40
3/4"
1/2"
3/4"
0.52
0.63
0.52
0.63
0.64
0.81
0.64
0.81
0.90
1.09
0.90
1.09
2.39
3.19
2.39
3.19
Description
Size
1
Kv (m3/h)
Proportional Band (K)
1.5
2
Kvs
3
3200
3200
3400
3400
1/2"
Fig.
Description
Size
Nominal Flow
(l/h)
3200
3200
3400
3400
1/2"
180
240
180
240
1
1
1
1
3/4"
1/2"
3/4"
3/4"
1/2"
3/4"
0.32
0.43
0.32
0.43
0.50
0.63
0.50
0.63
0.67
0.82
0.67
0.82
0.86
1.05
0.86
1.05
1.52
2.20
1.52
2.20
188
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3150
Angle Wheel Head
FEATURES & BENEFITS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Valve Insert Assembly
T80 Std Wheel Head
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals
Material
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
EPDM Valve Disc
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber
Specification
BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N
ABS
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
B
mm
15
22
A
B
C
D
Body Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
60
37
27.5
58
0.350
61
42
30.5
66
0.519
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
189
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3250
Straight Wheel Head
FEATURES & BENEFITS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Valve Insert Assembly
T80 Std Wheel Head
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals
Material
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
EPDM Valve Disc
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber
Specification
BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N
ABS
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
B
C
mm
15
22
A
B
C
D
Body Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
64
34
44
60
0.391
64
40
51
65
0.580
190
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3300LS
Angle Lockshield
FEATURES & BENEFITS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Lockshield Assembly
Lockshield Cap
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals
Material
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
Brass
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber
Specification
BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
ABS
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
B
mm
15
22
A
B
C
D
Body Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
36.5
38.5
27.5
58
0.232
40.5
39.5
30.5
66
0.387
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
191
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3400LS
Straight Lockshield
FEATURES & BENEFITS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Lockshield Assembly
Lockshield Cap
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals
Material
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
Brass
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber
Specification
BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
ABS
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
B
D
mm
15
22
A
B
C
D
Body Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
43
34
44
60
0.232
44
40
51
65
0.387
192
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3180
Angle TRV
TRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Body
Valve Insert Assembly
T80 Std Wheel Head
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
EPDM Valve Disc
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber
Specification
BS EN
BS EN12164 CW617N
ABS
BS EN12164 CW617N
BS EN12164 CW617N
BS EN12164 CW602N
BS EN12164 CW614N
EPDM
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
mm
15
22
A
B
C
D
Body Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
37
96
27.5
58
0.350
42
98
30.5
66
0.519
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
193
RADIATOR VALVES
Fig. 3280
Straight TRV
TRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Valve Insert Assembly
T80 Std Wheel Head
Tailpiece Ring
Tailpiece
Compression Olive
Compression Adaptor
Hydraulic Seals
Material
Brass
(Chrome Plated)
EPDM Valve Disc
Thermoplastic
Brass
Brass
Brass
Brass
Rubber
Specification
BS EN
BS EN 12164 CW617N
ABS
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW617N
BS EN 12164 CW602N
BS EN 12164 CW614N
EPDM
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
B
C
mm
15
22
A
B
C
D
Body Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
100
34
44
60
0.391
100
40
51
65
0.580
194
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
RADIATOR VALVES
7C
1 bar
0 to 28C
7 C
50C
12C
16C
20C
24C
28C
Fig. 75/RS
6C
1 bar
6 to 28C
6C
50C
12C
16C
20C
24C
28C
Fig. 70/RT
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
195
196
S Shand-Brown
STRAINERS
Strainers
Scale and dirt in piping systems can cause endless trouble
and serious damage to pipeline equipment. Installation of
Hattersley strainers will help eliminate the problems caused
by foreign matter within piping systems. Generous
proportions of Hattersley strainers allow the units to collect
significant quantities of foreign matter before pressure
losses necessitate cleaning of the basket.
197
STRAINERS
PN16
Fig. 817
Bronze Y-Type
STR
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Cap
Screen
Body
Material
Specification
BS EN
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Bronze
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16
16 bar -10 to 100C
7 bar at 170C
304
1982 CC491K
SPECIFICATION
Bronze body.
304 stainless steel.
End connections threaded to BS EN 10266
(BS21 Taper ISO R7) & B1.20.1 ANSI.
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
6 bar air
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
DN15-25: 0.75mm
DN32-50: 1.40mm
C
B
D
18
A
16
14
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
mm
mm
58
33
15
62
4.8
0.2
70
42
18
80
8.8
0.3
88
48
20
93
16.1
0.4
96
55
26
108
25.5
0.7
107
61
31
118
36
1.0
126
79
36
153
38
1.5
kg
Pressure bar
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0
40
80 120 160 200
Temperature C
198
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
STRAINERS
PN25/PN32
STR
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Body
Screen
Gasket
Bronze
Stainless Steel
Asbestos Free
(non-stick)
Bronze
Cap
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
Specification
ASTM
1982 CC491K
10088-1 X10CrNi18-10
-
B62
AISI 304
1982 CC491K
B62
SPECIFICATION
Standard screen has 0.75mm
diameter holes.
Screwed cap.
Ends threaded to BS EN 10266
(BS21 ISO R7).
Figure 907 supplied complete with two
Figure 631 test points and plugs.
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 6 bar air
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C=withdrawal
distance for
strainer element
B
C
Nom
Size
A
B
C
k Factor
Weight
in
1/2
3/4
11/4
11/2
mm
mm
mm
68
49
65
3.3
0.4
80
64
90
4.2
0.5
95
89
115
3.6
0.9
115
97
135
3.2
1.5
130
116
165
3.3
1.8
153
159
235
3.5
3.3
kg
SCREEN DATA
Nom
Size
Holes Dia
Holes cm2
Free Flow Area
Element Area
Free Flow Area
% Nominal Bore
in
1/2
3/4
mm
0.75
50
22.6
24.6
5.5
434
0.75
50
22.6
36
8.1
284
0.75
50
22.6
68.5
15.5
305
cm2
cm2
cm2
11/4
11/2
0.75 0.75
50
50
22.6 22.6
107.1 143.1
24.2 32.3
305
283
2
0.75
50
22.6
255
57.6
284
36
Fig 807
32
28
Fig 907
Pressure bar
24
20
16
12
8
4
0
0913_v4
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
199
STRAINERS
PN25
Fig. 1807
DZR Strainer Ball Valve
IV
STR
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
BS EN
Handle
Stem
Stem Seal
Gland Seals
Ball
Seat Rings
Body
Screen
Cap Gasket
Cap
Aluminium
DZR Copper
Alloy
EPDM
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Hard chrome plated
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Stainless Steel
Asbestos Free
DZR Copper Alloy
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
E
Specification
ASTM
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
AISI 304
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Lever.
Extension stem.
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.
TEST PRESSURES
25 bar pneumatic
SPECIFICATION
B
A
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
BSP
kg
110
31
48
38
47
129
35
60
46
56
151
42
59
50
56
1/4
1/4
1/4
0.54
0.80
1.23
16
s
ze
Si
3/4
"
1/2
20
o1
A
B
C
D
E
Drain plug
Weight
in
24
"t
Nom
Size
28
1 /2
DZR body.
Blow-out proof stem.
Hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats.
T-Handle operated.
0.8mm diameter perforated 304
stainless steel screen.
Drain plug.
Taper threaded BS EN 10 (ISO 7-1)
formerly BS 21.
Pressure bar
12
8
4
0
200
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
STRAINERS
PN16
Fig. 1807C
DZR Strainer Ball Valve
IV
STR
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Material
Component
Handle
Stem
Stem Seal
Gland Seals
Ball
Seat Rings
Body
Screen
Cap Gasket
Cap
Compression Ring
Compression Nut
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
Aluminium
DZR Copper Alloy
EPDM
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Hard chrome plated
Virgin PTFE
DZR Copper Alloy
Stainless Steel
Asbestos Free
DZR Copper Alloy
Brass
Brass
12164 CW602N
12164 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW602N
12165 CW617N
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
SPECIFICATION
TEST PRESSURES
C
25 bar pneumatic
OPTIONAL FEATURES
B
Lever
Extension stem
Figure 107HU hose outlet blowdown valve.
18
16
14
mm
15
22
28
A
B
C
D
E
Drain Plug
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
BSP
kg
137
45
48
38
47
159
50
60
46
56
175
53
59
50
56
1/4
1/4
1/4
0.6
0.9
1.3
Pressure bar
B124 C37700
DZR body.
Blow-out proof stem.
Hard chrome plated ball.
Virgin PTFE seats.
T-Handle operated.
0.8mm diameter perforated 304
stainless steel screen.
Drain plug.
Compression ends to BS EN 1254-2.
Use with R250 (half hard) copper tube.
WRAS Approved Product.
PN16
5 bar at 120C
6 bar at 110C
10 bar at 65C
16 bar at -10 to 30C
AISI 304
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
201
STRAINERS
PN16
STR
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Cast Iron
Ductile Iron
Cast Iron
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Teflon/Graphite
Cast Iron
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1561 EN-JL1040
1563 EN-JS1050
1561 EN-JL1040
1563 EN-JS1050
1449 304S315
EN-JL1040
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
A126 Class B
A536 80-55-06
AISI 304
A126 Class B
SPECIFICATION
Bolted cover.
Figure 920 supplied complete with
two Figure 631 test points.
Flanges to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
13 bar at 220C
16 bar from -10 to 120C
Note: 910 restricted to 135C
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 24 bar
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
B
C=withdrawal
distance for
strainer element
A
B
C
Cover Plug
Weight
Flow
mm 230
mm 146
mm 178
mm 1/2
kg 10.5
kv
59
50
65
273
174
216
1
14.9
93
80
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
660
473
703
2
175
1361
770
554
834
2
251
1928
960
740
740
458
-
1079
840
840
556
-
1168
910
910
628
-
1275
968
968
780
-
1450
1160
1160
1080
-
Hole Dia
Free Flow
Area/cm2
14
12
10
8
tura
SCREEN DATA
Sa
Nom
Size
16
ted
Stea
m
mm
Pressure bar
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
mm
%
1.6
33
1.6
33
1.6
33
1.6
40
1.6
40
1.6
40
1.6
40
1.6
40
1.6
40
3
40
3
40
3
40
3
40
3
40
202
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
STRAINERS
PN25
STR
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Cover
Screen
Gasket
Plug
Material
Ductile Iron
Ductile Iron
Stainless Steel
Teflon/Graphite
Ductile Iron
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN25
21.5 bar at 220C
25 bar from -10 to 120C
Note: 911 restricted to 180C
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1561 EN JS1050
1561 EN JS1050
SS 304
1561 EN JS1050
AISI 304
SPECIFICATION
Bolted cover.
Figure 911 supplied complete with two
Figure 631 test points.
All other sizes flanged to BS EN 1092-2
PN25.
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 37.5 bar
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
C
B
C=withdrawal
distance for
strainer element
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
200 250
300
A
B
C
Cover Plug
Weight
Flow
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kv
230
146
178
273
174
216
1
14.9
93
295
198
248
1
19.2
136
352
232
300
1
32.4
229
416
285
373
11/4
48
363
470
305
450
11/2
64.5
499
573
401
621
11/2
106
817
660
473
703
2
175
1361
770
554
834
2
251
1928
1/2
10.5
59
SCREEN DATA
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
Hole Dia
mm
Free Flow Area/cm2 %
1.6
33
1.6
33
1.6
33
1.6
40
1.6
40
1.6
40
1.6
40
1.6
40
1.6
40
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
203
204
Fig. 2900
205
Fig. 108C
Service Ball Valve
IV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Screw
Handle
Stem
O-Ring
Nut
Olive
Brass CW507L
Body
PTFE Seat
Ball
Seat Retainer
Temperature C
Pressure
bar
-10 to 30
65
110
120
16
10
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
L2
OPERATOR
Handle (The handle can be removed to
allow for screwdriver operation).
SPECIFICATION
BORE
SIZE
18
L1
16
mm
DN15
DN22
Bore
L
L1
L2
H
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
g
8
42
11
23
29
123
14
53
13
23
34
260
Pressure bar
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
206
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Material
Specification
BS EN
DZR Brass
12165 CW602N
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
NRV
TEST PRESSURES
(HYDRAULIC)
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
B
A
D
SPECIFICATION
Fig. 249
Double Check - 15mm, 22mm, 28mm
Fig. 249C
Double Check chromium plated - 15mm
Manufactured to BS 6282.
WRAS Approved PN16 85C.
Application: Water.
End Connection: Compression.
Back Flow Prevention Device category:
Single check - Class 2 as per Water Supply.
Contamination Risks (water fittings)
Regulations 1999.
Double check - Class 3 as per Water Supply.
Contamination Risks (water fittings)
Regulations 1999.
mm
15
Fig. 249
22
Fig. 249
28
Fig. 249
15
Fig. 249C
A
B
C
D
E
Weight (approx)
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
61.4
9.5
15.2
78.5
24.5
0.116
74.6
10.5
22.2
91.4
27.5
0.212
88.6
12.5
28.25
106.3
30.5
0.360
61.4
9.5
15.2
78.5
24.5
0.116
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
207
Fig. 761
Non-Return Valve
NRV
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Body
Plunger DN50-150
Plunger DN200-400
Seat Retaining Ring
Seat
Guide
Spring
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
Material
Ductile Iron
Bronze
Cast Iron
Steel Xylan Coated
Nitrile
Bronze
Stainless Steel
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
16 bar from -10 to 85C
TEST PRESSURES
Specification
BS EN
ASTM
1563 EN-JS1030
A536-65-45-12
1561 EN-JLI030
-
A126 CI B
SPECIFICATION
Spring Loaded axially guided disc.
Resilient Seat located in body.
Flanged to BS EN 1092-2 PN16.
WRAS Approved.
Shell: 24 bar
Seat: 17.6 bar
18
16
Nom
Size
mm
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
A
D
Weight
mm
mm
kg
120
165
5
119
185
7
130
200
9
155
220
13
200
250
21
230
285
28
280
340
47
344
405
83
Note: These valves are not intended to be used as backflow prevention devices
conforming to Schedule 2 Section 6 of the WRAS Water Regulations Guide.
Pressure bar
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
20 40 60 80
Temperature C
100
208
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. 416
Pressure Reducing Valve
New
PRESSURE GAUGE
Pressure gauge used
to measure outlet
pressure; available with
axial or vertical G 1/4"
threaded connection
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Body
Internal Parts
Specification
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Stainless Steel
Spring Steel
Stainless Steel
Spring
Strainer
CC499K
CC499K
CW614N
SS316
SS304
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
I
mm
H
mm
h
mm
R
in
Weight
kg
142
158
180
193
226
252
80
90
100
105
130
140
102
102
130
130
165
165
33
33
45
45
70
70
1/2"
3/4"
1.2
1.3
2.4
2.6
5.5
6
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
1/2"
3/4"
L
mm
Size
DN
MAX FLOW
Size
1/2"
3/4"
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
Max. Capacity
(l/sec)
1.96
2.52
4.48
5.04
8.4
9.8
PRESSURE RATING PN16 MEDIUM Water Only CONNECTIONS Male tapered BS EN 10226-2
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGE 1-8 bar PRE SET OUTLET PRESSURE 3 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE 80C DESIGN STANDARD BS EN 1567 APPROVALS WRAS DVGW PED 97/23/EC
MESH SIZE 1/2" - 11/4" - 0.60mm 11/2" - 2" - 0.75mm
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
209
Fig. 425
Pressure Reducing Valve
New
PRESSURE GAUGE
Pressure gauge used
to measure outlet
pressure; available with
axial or vertical G 1/4"
threaded connection
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
Material
Body
Internal Parts
Specification
Bronze
Bronze
Brass
Stainless Steel
Spring Steel
Stainless Steel
Spring
Strainer
CC499K
CC499K
CW614N
SS316
SS304
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
H
mm
h
mm
R
in
Weight
kg
142
158
180
193
226
252
80
90
100
105
130
140
102
102
130
130
165
165
33
33
45
45
70
70
1/2"
3/4"
1.2
1.3
2.4
2.6
5.5
6
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
MAX FLOW
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
I
mm
DN
1/2"
3/4"
L
mm
Size
Size
1/2"
3/4"
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
Max. Capacity
(l/sec)
1.96
2.52
4.48
5.04
8.4
9.8
PRESSURE RATING PN25 MEDIUM Water Only CONNECTIONS Male tapered BS EN 10226-2
OUTLET PRESSURE RANGE 1-8 bar PRE SET OUTLET PRESSURE 3 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE 80C DESIGN STANDARD General conformity to BS EN 1567 APPROVALS WRAS PED 97/23/EC
MESH SIZE 1/2" - 11/4" - 0.60mm 11/2" - 2" - 0.75mm
210
0913_v4
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
The Facts
In Europe it is believed 6,000 cases of Legionnaires disease are
diagnosed every year, while in 2010 more than 350 cases were identified
in the UK with approximately 10% of these resulting in fatalities.*
Thermal
Circulation
Valves
High Risk
Legal Considerations
0813_v3
212
FEMALE ENDED
THREADS
To facilitate easy
installation
BRONZE BODY
Robust
construction
INTEGRAL
ISOLATION VALVE
Removes the need for
additional isolation valve
0813_v3
213
New
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
No.
Material
Specification
Body
Bronze
Polypropylene
BS EN 1982 CC49IK
-
Temperature
Adjusting Cap - TU
Nylon 6
Bonnet and
Associated Parts - TU
DZR Brass
BS EN 12164 CW602N
Nylon 6
Bonnet - IU
DZR Brass
BS EN 12164 CW602N
INT
Stainless Steel
SS EN10088-3 1.4305
INT
Body Seat - TU
DZR Brass
BS EN 12164 CW602N
INT
Plug - TU
DZR Brass
BS EN 12164 CW602N
INT
Bush - TU
DZR Brass
BS EN 12164 CW602N
INT
O-Ring Seals - TU
EPDM Rubber
WRAS Approved
INT
Stem - IU
DZR Brass
BS EN 12164 CW602N
INT
Body Seat - IU
PTFE
WRAS Approved
INT
DZR Brass
BS EN 12164 CW602N
INT
O-Ring Seals - IU
EPDM Rubber
WRAS Approved
TU - Thermal Unit
IU - Isolation Unit
DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS
W
PRESSURE/
TEMPERATURE RATING
PN16
Max Temperature 90C
OPERATION
VIEW WITH PROTECTION CAP
(ITEM 2) REMOVED
L
Fig. No
Flow
DN15*
DN15*
DN20*
2910
2900
2900
Low Flow
Standard
Standard
L
H
(mm) (mm)
114
114
126
80
80
80
W
(mm)
Weight
(Kg)
37
37
37
0.76
0.76
0.88
SPECIFICATION
Taper threaded to BS EN 10226-2
214
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
New
0.05 Kv: 57 C - 62 C
0.1 Kv: 57 C - 62 C
100
100
10
0.1
0.0001
0.0010
0.0100
0.1000
1.0000
10
1
0.001
0.010
0.100
1.000
THERMAL REGULATION
RESPONSE*
100
10
1
0.001
0.010
0.100
1.000
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
215
New
Circuit 20
Circuit 32
Circuit 21
Circuit 23
Circuit 24
Circuit 25
Circuit 30
Circuit 27
Circuit 26
Valve
Circuit 28
Circuit 29
FIG. 1 - SCHEDULE
Circuit
Ref
Circuit 31
Flowrate: l/s
23
Fig. 2910/15
0.005
24
Fig. 2910/15
0.005
25
Fig. 2910/15
0.005
26
Fig. 2900/15
0.015
27
Fig. 2900/15
0.015
28
Fig. 2900/15
0.016
29
Fig. 2900/15
0.015
30
Fig. 2900/15
0.015
31
Fig. 2900/15
0.015
32
Fig. 2900/15
0.016
216
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. 77
Thermostatic Mixing Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
O-Ring
1.5 Strainer
Reduction Union
Element
Spring
Top
Valve Body
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
A
A
B
B
D
D
COLD
FACTORY SETTING
Kv
1.26
TEMPERATURE
SETTING RANGE
MINIMUM FLOW
PRESSURE
C
C
TEMPERATURE
STABILITY
2C
MIXED OUTLET
MAXIMUM WORKING
PRESSURE
10 bar
Nom
Size
mm
15
22
A
B
C
D
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
122
58
55
102
0.6
145
58
70
117
0.8
EPDM Rubber
Stainless Steel 304
DZR Brass CW602N
Vernet 0304
Stainless Steel 304
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
38C
35-46C
HOT
Material
0.2 bar
SPECIFICATION
Pressure Rating: PN10.
Operator: Lockshield.
Figure 77 has been independently tested
and certified as meeting the requirements
of the D08 specification under the TMV 3
scheme.
Hattersley products are designed for
installation and use within suitably
designed systems reflecting CIBSE,
BSRIA and HVAC guidelines.
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
217
Fig. 78
Thermostatic Mixing Valve
FEATURES & BENEFITS
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Component
O-Ring
1.5 Strainer
Reduction Union
Element
Spring
Top
Valve Body
Ball
T-Handle
Ball Seal
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING
Material
EPDM Rubber
Stainless Steel 304
DZR Brass CW602N
Vernet 0304
Stainless Steel 304
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
DZR Brass CW602N
Al Alloy
PTFE
FACTORY SETTING
Kv
38C
1.26
TEMPERATURE
SETTING RANGE
MINIMUM FLOW
PRESSURE
A
A
B
B
35-46C
C
C
TEMPERATURE
STABILITY
2C
COLD
OUTLET
HOT
MAXIMUM WORKING
PRESSURE
10 bar
Nom
Size
mm
15
22
A
B
C
Weight
mm
mm
mm
kg
200
128
110
1.1
200
128
110
1.3
0.2 bar
SPECIFICATION
Pressure Rating: PN10.
Operator: Lockshield.
Figure 78 has been independently tested
and certified as meeting the requirements
of the D08 specification under the TMV 3
scheme.
Hattersley products are designed for
installation and use within suitably
designed systems reflecting CIBSE,
BSRIA and HVAC guidelines.
218
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the
information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
S Shand-Brown
219
220
221
222
S Shand-Brown
SAFETY VALVES
Safety Valves
Designed and tested to BS 6769 with third party certified
discharge capacities, NABIC valves are manufactured under the
ISO 9001 quality assurance system. Every valve is tested before
dispatch to ensure that high product quality is maintained.
1. Safe manual
testing
2. Pressure setting
locked and sealed
at factory
3. Easy inspection
& cleaning
7. Diaphragm
protected
working parts
4. High discharge
capacities certified
by AOTC
6. High degree of
seat tightness
5. Resilient PTFE
seating design
223
SAFETY VALVES
Dimensional Drawing
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
10.5 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
195C
Rp
Dimensions
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
15
1/2
30
23
113
20
3/4
34
23
118
25
39
27
132
32
11/4
46
33
153
27
40
11/2
54
38
198
27
50
64
46
236
27
65
21/2
76
55
275
28
80
90
65
335
31
Rp
BSP
Rp
SIZE
DN
224
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
SAFETY VALVES
Fig. 542L
Dimensional Drawing
WRAS
ISO 9001:2000
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
10.5 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
195C
Rp
Rp
BSP
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
15
1/2
30
23
113
20
3/4
34
23
118
25
39
27
132
32
11/4
46
33
180
27
40
11/2
54
38
224
26
50
64
46
263
27
65
21/2
76
55
303
28
80
90
65
366
31
SIZE
DN
Dimensions
Rp
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
225
SAFETY VALVES
Fig. 500T
Dimensional Drawing
Rp
12.5 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
95C
75C
Dimensions
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
B
SIZE
DN
R/Rp
BSP
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
15
3/4
34
48
230
81
20
39
47
240
81
25
11/4
45
56
260
81
32
11/2
54
62
350
127
40
64
71
400
127
50
21/2
76
82
430
127
226
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
SAFETY VALVES
Dimensional Drawing
12.5 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
195C
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Rp2
Rp1
SIZE
DN
Rp1
BSP
Rp2
BSP
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
10
3/8
1/2
26
21
101
15
1/2
3/4
33
20
120
20
3/4
39
24
134
28
25
11/4
45
30
155
30
32
11/4
11/2
54
36
201
30
40
11/2
64
41
241
32
50
21/2
76
47
267
36
65
21/2
90
60
330
36
Dimensions
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
227
SAFETY VALVES
Fig. 500L
Dimensional Drawing
BS EN ISO 4126-1
WRAS
ISO 9001:2000
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
12.5 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
195C
Rp 2
C
Rp1
BSP
Rp2
BSP
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
10
3/8
1/2
26
21
101
15
1/2
3/4
33
20
120
20
3/4
39
24
162
28
25
11/4
45
30
185
30
32
11/4
11/2
54
36
229
28
40
11/2
64
41
273
32
50
21/2
76
47
303
36
65
21/2
90
60
366
36
SIZE
DN
Dimensions
Rp 1
228
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
SAFETY VALVES
Pressure Equipment
Directive 97/23/EC (PED)
BS EN ISO 4126-1
ISO 9001:2000
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Fig. 500SS
12.5 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
195C
Dimensional Drawings
Rp
Rp
Dimensions 500SS
SIZE
DN
R/Rp
BSP
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
D
A
Dimensions 500ST
C
(mm)
SIZE
DN
R/Rp
BSP
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
50.5
15
3/4
34
46
141
15
3/4
34
46
141
20
39
54
159
20
39
54
159
50.5
25
11/4
11/2
11/4
46
63
183
50.5
64
32
40
46
63
183
25
54
68
228
32
11/2
54
68
228
271
40
64
81
271
64
21/2
76
95
315
77.5
90
110
380
91
64
81
50
21/2
76
95
315
50
65
90
110
380
65
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
229
SAFETY VALVES
Fig. 520
Dimensional Drawings
ISO 9001:2000
12.5 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
195C
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensions
SIZE
DN
Rp
BSP
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
65
350
152
64
175
80
21/2
390
166
76
195
100
480
205
90
210
230
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
SAFETY VALVES
Fig. 255
Dimensional Drawings
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
MAX SET PRESSURE
10 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
60C
1 bar
Dimensions
SIZE
CONNECTION
LENGTH
HEIGHT
HEIGHT
HEIGHT
HEIGHT
WIDTH
DRAIN
Kv - VALUE
d
L
H1
H2
h1
h2
D1
D2
UNITS
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
m3/h
DN15
DN20
Rp 1/2"
Rp 3/4"
210
137
166
48.5
72.5
103
50
3.05
210
137
166
48.5
72.5
103
50
4.90
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50
Rp 1"
216
137
166
48.5
72.5
103
50
7.88
Rp 11/4"
Rp 11/2"
285
188
214
73
96
148
75
16.1
287
188
214
73
96
148
75
29.5
Rp 2"
297
188
214
73
96
148
75
33.2
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
231
SAFETY VALVES
Fig. 256A
Dimensional Drawing
Dimensional Drawing
Fig. 256B
Dimensions 256A
Dimensions 256B
SIZE
DN
R
BSP
Kv
SIZE
DN
R
BSP
Kv
10
3/8
83.5
30
0.33
3/8
15S
1/2
83
30
0.33
15
1/2
91
43.5
0.9
20
3/4
88
43.5
1.14
10M
15M
20M
15F
20F
89
89
89
82
68
29
29
29
29
29
0.26
0.26
0.61
0.26
1.61
1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4
232
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
SAFETY VALVES
Fig. 503
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
MAX SET PRESSURE
7 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
93C
Dimensional Drawing
Rp
BSP
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
D
(mm)
20
3/4
70
38
92
25
84
48
145
32
11/4
98
65
150
40
11/2
114
72
170
50
140
78
190
63
21/2
170
114
220
180
Rp
Rp
B
SIZE
DN
Dimensions
A
D
Rp
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
233
SAFETY VALVES
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Drawing
7 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
100C
C A/F
R
BSP
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
WEIGHT
(kg)
20
3/4
95
38
15
1.4
25
108
46
18
2.0
32
11/4
127
59
22
3.2
40
11/2
146
67
27
4.8
50
165
78
38
8.2
65
21/2
181
89
44
11.3
65
205
89
44
16
234
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
SAFETY VALVES
Air (l/sec)
VACUUM
PRESSURE
mbar
250
500
DN15
DN20
DN25
DN32
DN40
DN50
2
3
5
9
10
17
21
32
32
53
52
71
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Fig. 568SS
13.5 bar
MAX TEMPERATURE
195C
Dimensional Drawing
Dimensions
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
C
(mm)
15
1/2
23
35
24
20
3/4
25
36
30
25
27
39
36
32
11/4
33
43
46
40
11/2
39
53
52
50
37
57
65
C A/F
A
R
BSP
SIZE
DN
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
235
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
NABIC assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
236
S Shand-Brown
1.
6.
5.
Robust construction and
reliable operation for
industrial environments
2.
Most units are supplied
complete with an
isolating valve which
will easily isolate the
AAE to enable rapid
in-situ servicing
4.
Shell components
manufactured from
material resistant to
stress corrosion cracking
and fungal growth
3.
A range of connections
including BSP screwed
and anged
237
PART NO.
DETAILS
Type A
AE-A
Type B
AE-B
Type C
AE-C
Vertical Inlet with Integral Lockshield Isolating Valve & Check Valve
Type D
AE-D
Type MPHW
AE-MPHW-015
Type HPHW
AE-HPHW-F
Type HPHW
AE-HPHW-H
Type HPHW
AE-HPHW-16
Type HPHW
AE-HPHW-150
Type
Weight
kg
A
B
C
102
102
108
43
43
43
35
35
35
1.25
1.28
1.28
Technical Data
Connections
Pressure Rating
Temp Rating
Up to 93C (200F)
Recommended Min.
Working Pressure
Materials of Construction
Body and Dome
Bronze (Gunmetal)
Stainless Steel
Valve
PTFE Needle
Float
Stainless Steel
238
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
A
A
B
B
Type
Weight
kg
Type
Weight
kg
MPHW
108
43
41
2.4
BST F
BST H
PN16
Class 150
152
152
152
152
83
83
83
83
3.85
3.85
3.85
3.85
Technical Data
Connections
Inlet: BS EN 10226-1:2004
Rp 1/2 (Female)
Outlet: BS EN ISO 228-1:2003
G 3/8 (Male)
Pressure Rating
Temp Rating
Up to 149C (300F)
Recommended Min.
Working Pressure
Materials of Construction
Technical Data
Connections:
Pressure Rating
Temp Rating
Bronze (Gunmetal)
Recommended Min.
Working Pressure
Stainless Steel
Materials of Construction
Valve
Monel
Bronze (Gunmetal)
Float
Stainless Steel
Valve
Monel
Float
Types B and C Automatic Air Eliminators are manufactured with in-built isolating
valves which, when closed, allow the dome to be removed and the oat assembly
replaced, allowing rapid in-situ servicing.
Type A and D require an additional isolating valve on the inlet, to isolate it from the
system prior to removing the oat assembly.
AE-SP-BC isolator kit available for types B & C air eliminators. AE-SP-MPHW Service
kit is available for types MHPW and HPHW air eliminators.
Service kits comprise of a oat assembly (inc. needle and spindle), seat, washer
and retaining screws.
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
239
Fig. 1688
Three-way Univent
Figure 1688, Three-way Univent is designed for use on
vented hot water systems to ensure that there is
always a direct connection from the boiler/ calorier
to the atmosphere. Made from body materials
resistant to stress corrosion cracking, it can be used
for single or multi-boiler installations.
In-line servicing, using Univent replacement
cartridges, allows valve maintenance to be carried out
without disturbing the pipework.
The Univent can be opened and closed using the
integral hand wheel. To close the drain port and open
the vent, turn the handwheel clockwise to its full
travel. Turn the handwheel anti-clockwise to open the
drain and close the vent.
C (max)
Technical Data
Max pressure: 7 bar
Max temperature: 93C
Connections: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp (Female)
Materials:
Body: Bronze (Gunmetal)
Head: Bronze (Gunmetal)
Trim: Brass
Spindle: Brass bar
Renewable Seat: EPDM
A
Nominal
Size
Product
code
C
(max)
Weight
kg
25mm (1")
32mm (11/4")
40mm (11/2")
50mm (2")
65mm (21/2")
UV-1688-025D
UV-1688-032D
UV-1688-040D
UV-1688-050D
UV-1688-065D
96
118
144
160
190
47
63
74
79
115
200
237
269
283
395
89
102
127
152
200
1.83
2.93
4.39
6.10
14.25
Size
Product code
25mm (1")
32mm (11/4")
40mm (11/2")
50mm (2")
65mm (21/2")
UV-SP-1688-025
UV-SP-1688-032
UV-SP-1688-040
UV-SP-1688-050
UV-SP-1688-065
240
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
Fig. 1988
Three-way Vent Cocks
Figure 1988 is resistant to stress corrosion cracking and used
on single, multi-boiler or calorier installations. Fitting a
Three-way Vent Cock ensures a constant connection from the
boiler or calorier to the atmosphere.
Levers are available as an optional extra.
E
Technical Data
Max pressure: 7 bar
Max temperature: 93C
Connections: BS EN 10226-1:2004 Rp (Female)
Materials
Body: Bronze (Gunmetal)
Product
code
VCN-LA-025
VCN-LA-032
VCN-LC-040
VCN-LC-050
Valve Levers
90
122
143
165
43
48
57
66
132
155
177
204
45
56
68
80
18
20
25
36
Size
Product code
25mm (1")
32mm (11/4")
40mm (11/2")
50mm (2")
VC-LA-025
VC-LA-032
VC-LC-040
VC-LC-050
UNIVENT VALVE
UNIVENT VALVE
UNIVENT VALVE
DRAIN
DRAIN
DRAIN
BOILER
BOILER
BOILER
EXPANSION
VESSEL
PRESSURISATION
UNIT
MCW
Please note: Three-way Univents and Three-way Vent Cocks are interchangeable.
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of publishing.
Brownall assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any misinterpretation of the information
within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.
241
242
FLANGE TABLES
Flange Tables
This information is extracted from the following
European, British and American standards:
BS EN 1092 Circular flanges for pipes, valves,
fittings and accessories, PN designated Part 1
Steel flanges.
Part 2 Cast iron flanges.
BS 4504 Flanges and bolting for pipes, valves,
and fittings metric series (for copper alloy
flanges only).
ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron pipe flanges and
flanged fittings.
ANSI B16.5 Steel pipe flanges and flanged
fittings.
ANSI B16.24 Bronze flanges and flanged
fittings BS10 Flanges and bolting for pipes,
valves and fittings.
Notes:
1. Raised joint faces are applicable to
BS EN 1092-1, BS EN 1092-2, BS10 ANSI
table H steel, and classes 150
to 1500 inclusive.
2. ANSI Class 125 refers to cast iron only.
3. ANSI 600, 900, 1500 flange thickness does
not include raised face.
4. Dimensions for flanges to BS EN 1092 are
given in millimetres only. Dimensions for
ANSI and BS 10 flanges are shown in inches
with the metric equivalent (to nearest whole
millimetre) in brackets.
PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
circle
diameter
No.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Dia.
of raised
face(3)
Iron
Dia.
of raised
face(3)
Steel
Height
of
raised
face(3)
Grey
Cast
Iron
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M12
11
14
14
14
14
14
38
46
46
46
46
-
40
45
45
45
45
45
2
2
2
2
2
2
12 (1)
14 (1)
14 (1)
16 (1)
-
80
95
95
95
95
105
55
65
65
65
65
75
4
4
4
4
4
4
31/2 (89)
33/4 (95)
33/4 (95)
43/4 (121)
43/4 (121)
23/8 (60)
25/8 (67)
25/8 (67)
31/4 (83)
31/4 (83)
4
4
4
4
4
1/2
(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
5/8
(16)
(16)
5/8 (16)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
5/8
13/8 (35)
13/8 (35)
13/8 (35)
13/8 (35)
13/8 (35)
1/16
1/2
33/4 (95)
33/4 (95)
33/4 (95)
33/4 (95)
41/2 (114)
25/8 (67)
25/8 (67)
25/8 (67)
25/8 (67)
31/4 (83)
4
4
4
4
4
1/2
9/16
21/4 (57)
(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
1/2
(14)
(14)
9/16 (14)
9/16 (14)
11/16 (17)
9/16
(2)
(2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16
1/16
1/2
(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
1/2
(2)
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and
Alloy
Forged
Steel
6 (2)
8 (2)
9 (2)
-
12
16
16
16
16
20
5/16
7/16
1/2
1/2
(8)
(13)
-
1/4
(6)
(6)
1/4 (6)
5/16 (8)
3/8 (10)
1/4
Ductile
Cast
Iron
14
14
14
16
-
(11)
(13)
9/16 (14)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
(10)
3/8 (10)
3/8 (10)
1/2 (13)
3/8
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
243
FLANGE TABLES
PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
circle
diameter
No.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Dia.
of raised
face(3)
Iron
Dia.
of raised
face(3)
Steel
Height
of
raised
face(3)
Grey
Cast
Iron
M10
M12
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
11
14
14
14
14
18
18
48
56
56
56
56
-
50
58
58
58
58
58
58
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
14 (1)
16 (1)
16 (1)
18 (1)
-
90
105
105
105
105
130
130
65
75
75
75
75
90
90
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
37/8 (98)
45/8 (117)
45/8 (117)
23/4 (70)
31/4 (83)
31/4 (83)
4
4
4
51/8 (130)
51/8 (130)
31/2 (89)
31/2 (89)
4
4
4 (102)
4 (102)
4 (102)
4 (102)
41/2 (114)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
31/4 (83)
4
4
4
4
4
1/2
(13)
(16)
5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
5/8
5/8
3/4
(16)
(19)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
111/16 (43)
111/16 (43)
111/16 (43)
111/16 (43)
111/16 (43)
1/2
9/16
21/4 (57)
(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
(14)
(14)
9/16 (14)
9/16 (14)
11/16 (17)
1/2
9/16
1/16
1/16
(9)
(13)
-
17/32
1/2
(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
1/2
(2)
6 (2)
8 (2)
9 (2)
11/32
(2)
(2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and
Alloy
Forged
Steel
1/4
(6)
(6)
1/4 (6)
5/16 (8)
3/8 (10)
1/4
14
18
18
18
18
22
22
9/16
Ductile
Cast
Iron
16
16
16
18
-
(14)
(16)
5/8 (16)
1 (25)
1 (25)
(10)
3/8 (10)
3/8 (10)
1/2 (13)
5/8
3/8
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
circle
diameter
No.
of
bolts
PN 6
PN10
100
115
75
85
4
4
M10
M12
11
14
58
65
60
68
3
3
2
2
14 (1)
16 (1)
14
18
16
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
115
115
115
140
140
85
85
85
100
100
4
4
4
4
4
M12
M12
M12
M16
M16
14
14
14
18
18
65
65
65
-
68
68
68
68
68
3
3
3
-
2
2
2
2
2
16 (1)
18 (1)
-
8 (2)
9 (2)
11 (2)
-
18
18
18
24
24
16
16
18
-
41/4 (114)
47/8 (124)
47/8 (124)
57/8 (149)
57/8 (149)
31/8 (79)
31/2 (89)
31/2 (89)
4 (102)
4 (102)
4
4
4
4
4
1/2
(13)
(16)
5/8 (16)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
5/8
(16)
(19)
3/4 (19)
1 (25)
1 (25)
2 (51)
2 (51)
2 (51)
2 (51)
2 (51)
(2)
(2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
7/16
3/4
1/16
5/8
41/2 (114)
41/2 (114)
41/2 (114)
43/4 (121)
43/4 (121)
31/4 (83)
31/4 (83)
31/4 (83)
37/16 (87)
37/16 (87)
4
4
4
4
4
1/2
9/16
21/2 (64)
1/2
(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
1/2
Dia.
of
holes
(14)
(14)
9/16 (14)
11/16 (17)
11/16 (17)
9/16
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and
Alloy
Forged
Steel
BS EN 1092
Grey
Cast
Iron
1/16
1/16
(13)
(13)
1/2 (13)
1/2 (13)
3/4 (19)
1/2
(2)
(11)
-
3/8
(10)
(15)
-
19/32
5/16
(8)
(8)
5/16 (8)
3/8 (10)
7/16 (11)
5/16
7/16
(11)
(17)
11/16 (17)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
11/16
(10)
3/8 (10)
3/8 (10)
9/16 (14)
3/8
Ductile
Cast
Iron
9/10
(14)
-
244
0813_v3
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
FLANGE TABLES
PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Grey
Cast
Iron
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
120
140
140
140
140
155
155
90
100
100
100
100
110
110
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
14
19
19
19
19
-
14
18
18
18
18
22
22
69
76
76
76
76
-
70
78
78
78
78
78
78
3
3
3
3
3
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
16 (1)
18 (1)
18 (1)
20 (1)
-
8 (2)
9 (2)
11 (2)
-
14
18
18
18
18
26
26
18
18
18
20
-
45/8 (117)
51/4 (133)
51/4 (133)
31/2 (89)
37/8 (98)
37/8 (98)
4
4
4
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
1/16 (2)
5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
13/32 (10)
3/4 (19)
21/2 (64)
21/2 (64)
21/2 (64)
1/2 (13)
1/16 (2)
5/8 (16)
13/16 (21)
4
4
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
21/2 (64)
21/2 (64)
1/4 (6)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
4
4
4
4
4
1/2 (13)
9/16 (14)
9/16 (14)
5/16 (8)
1/2 (13)
9/16 (14)
9/16 (14)
5/8 (16)
5/16 (8)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
3/8 (10)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
9/16 (14)
3 (76)
5/16 (8)
9/16 (14)
5/8 (16)
1/2 (13)
1/16 (2)
7/8 (22)
7/16 (11)
11/16 (17)
5/8 (16)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
PN6
PN10
130
150
100
110
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
150
150
150
170
170
5 (127)
61/8 (156)
61/8 (156)
7 (178)
7 (178)
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
4
4
M12
M16
14
19
14
18
78
84
80
88
3
3
2
2
16 (1)
18 (1)
14
18
19
110
110
110
125
125
4
4
4
4
4
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
19
19
19
-
18
18
18
22
22
84
84
84
-
88
88
88
88
88
3
3
3
-
2
2
2
2
2
18 (1)
20 (1)
-
9 (2)
11 (2)
13 (2)
-
18
18
18
28
28
19
19
19
-
37/8 (98)
41/2 (114)
41/2 (114)
47/8 (124)
47/8 (124)
4
4
4
4
4
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
9/16 (14)
11/16 (17)
1/16 (2)
13/16 (21)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
11/16 (17)
1 (25)
1 (25)
7/16 (11)
7/8 (22)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
27/8 (73)
9/16 (14)
1/16 (2)
3/4 (19)
4
4
4
4
4
1/2 (13)
9/16 (14)
9/16 (14)
3/8 (10)
1/2 (13)
9/16 (14)
9/16 (14)
5/8 (16)
3/8 (10)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
7/16 (11)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
9/16 (14)
31/4 (83)
3/8 (10)
9/16 (14)
5/8 (16)
1/2 (13)
1/16 (2)
7/8 (22)
1/2 (13)
11/16 (17)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
Dia.
of
bolts
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
Grey
Cast
Iron
11/4 (32)
11/4 (32)
0813_v3
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
245
FLANGE TABLES
PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M24
14
19
19
19
19
-
14
18
18
18
18
22
26
88
99
99
99
99
-
90
102
102
102
102
102
102
3
3
3
3
3
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
16 (1)
20 (1)
20 (1)
22 (1)
-
11 (2)
11 (2)
13 (2)
-
14
18
18
20
20
26
30
19
19
19
19
-
4
8
8
5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
5/8 (16)
1/16 (2)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
3/4 (19)
1/2 (13)
3/4 (19)
35/8 (92)
35/8 (92)
35/8 (92)
5/8 (16)
1/16 (2)
5/8 (16)
- 1
(25)
8
8
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
35/8 (92)
35/8 (92)
1/4 (6)
- 1
- 1
1/2 (38)
4
4
4
4
4
5/8 (16)
9/16 (14)
3/4 (19)
3/8 (10)
9/16 (14)
3/8 (10)
5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
7/16 (11)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
11/16 (17)
5/8 (16)
4 (102)
3/8 (10)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
1 (25)
1/2 (13)
3/4 (19)
110
125
125
125
125
135
145
5/8 (16)
7/8 (22)
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
Dia.
of
bolts
140
165
165
165
165
180
195
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
Grey
Cast
Iron
1/2 (38)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
PN 6
PN 10
PN 16
PN 25
PN 40
PN 64
PN 100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Grey
Cast
Iron
160
185
185
185
185
205
220
130
145
145
145
145
160
170
4
4 (2)
4 (2)
8
8
8
8
M12
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M24
14
19
19
19
19
-
14
18
18
18
18
22
26
108
118
118
118
118
-
110
122
122
122
122
122
122
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
-
16 (1)
20 (1)
20 (1)
24 (1)
-
7 (178)
71/2 (191)
71/2 (191)
95/8 (244)
95/8 (244)
51/2 (140)
57/8 (149)
57/8 (149)
71/2 (191)
71/2 (191)
4
8
8
8
8
5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
41/8 (105)
41/8 (105)
41/8 (105)
41/8 (105)
41/8 (105)
1/16 (2)
7/8 (22)
4
4
4
8
8
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
41/2 (114)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
1 (25)
1 (25)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
13
13
14
-
14
18
18
22
22
26
34
19
19
19
19
-
11/16 (17)
9/16 (14)
11/16 (17)
13/16 (21)
1 (25)
11/8 (29)
15/8 (41)
15/8 (41)
11/16 (17)
7/16 (11)
11/16 (17)
7/16 (11)
9/16 (14)
3/4 (19)
7/16 (11)
9/16 (14)
3/4 (19)
1/2 (13)
5/8 (16)
1/16 (2)
1 (25)
9/16 (14)
3/4 (19)
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
246
0813_v3
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Steel flanges in this DN and PN may be supplied with 8 holes. For compliance with these, equivalent cast iron flanges may
be supplied with 8 holes as special order and after agreement between manufacturer and customer
(3) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504 (4) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
FLANGE TABLES
PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
M16
M16
M16
M16
M16
M20
M24
19
19
19
19
19
-
18
18
18
18
18
22
26
124
132
132
132
132
-
128
138
138
138
138
138
138
3
3
3
3
3
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
18 (1)
22 (1)
22 (1)
26 (1)
-
4
8
8
5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
5 (127)
5 (127)
5 (127)
1/16 (2)
7/8 (22)
1/16 (2)
3/4 (19)
8
8
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
5 (127)
5 (127)
1/4 (6)
71/4 (184)
71/4 (184)
71/4 (184)
8 (203)
8 (203)
4
4
4
8
8
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5 (127)
190
200
200
200
200
215
230
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
150
160
160
160
160
170
180
53/4 (146)
53/4 (146)
53/4 (146)
61/2 (165)
61/2 (165)
3/4 (19)
11/8 (29)
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Grey
Cast
Iron
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
13 (2)
14 (2)
16 (2)
-
16
20
20
24
24
28
36
19
19
19
19
-
3/4 (19)
5/8 (16)
29/32 (23)
3/4 (19)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
17/8 (48)
11/16 (17)
1/2 (13)
3/4 (19)
1/2 (13)
9/16 (14)
3/4 (19)
1/2 (13)
9/16 (14)
3/4 (19)
9/16 (14)
5/8 (16)
1/16 (2)
11/8 (29)
5/8 (16)
7/8 (22)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Grey
Cast
Iron
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
210
220
220
235
235
250
265
170
180
180
190
190
200
210
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
M16
M16
M16
M20
M20
M24
M27
19
19
19
23
23
-
18
18
18
22
22
26
30
144
156
156
156
156
-
148
158
158
162
162
162
162
3
3
3
3
3
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
18 (1)
24 (1)
24 (1)
28 (1)
-
16 (2)
17 (2)
19 (2)
-
16
20
20
24
24
30
40
19
19
19
19
-
9 (229)
10 (254)
103/4 (273)
111/2 (292)
121/4 (311)
71/2 (191)
77/8 (200)
81/2 (216)
91/4 (235)
91/2 (241)
8
8
8
8
8
5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
63/16 (157)
63/16 (157)
63/16 (157)
63/16 (157)
63/16 (157)
15/16 (24)
11/16 (17)
15/16 (24)
1/16 (2)
7/8 (22)
11/16 (27)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
13/4 (44)
21/8 (54)
4
4
8
8
8
6 (152)
3/4 (19)
5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
5/8 (16)
11/16 (17)
7/8 (22)
5/8 (16)
11/16 (17)
7/8 (22)
11/16 (17)
3/4 (19)
1/16 (2)
11/4 (32)
3/4 (19)
1 (25)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
0813_v3
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2 (2) Flange thicknesses for copper alloy are from BS 4504
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
247
FLANGE TABLES
PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
M16
M16
M16
M24
M24
M27
M30
19
19
19
28
28
-
18
18
18
26
26
30
33
174
184
184
184
184
-
178
188
188
188
188
188
188
3
3
3
3
3
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
20 (1)
26 (1)
26 (1)
30 (1)
-
18
22
22
26
26
34
40
19
19
19
23.5
-
8
8
8
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
1/16 (2)
1 (25)
75/16 (186)
75/16 (186)
75/16 (186)
5/16 (24)
1/16 (2)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
11/8 (29)
-
5/16 (24)
13/8 (35)
13/4 (44)
8
8
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
13/8 (35)
15/8 (41)
75/16 (186)
75/16 (186)
1/4 (6)
2 (51)
27/8 (73)
81/4 (210)
81/4 (210)
81/4 (210)
91/4 (235)
91/4 (235)
4
8
8
8
8
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
7 (178)
10 (254)
10 (254)
10 (254)
11 (279)
11 (279)
200
210
210
220
220
240
250
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
Dia.
of
bolts
240
250
250
270
270
295
315
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
Grey
Cast
Iron
3/4 (19)
11/16 (17)
13/16 (21)
11/16 (17)
11/16 (17)
7/8 (22)
11/16 (17)
11/16 (17)
1 (25)
13/8 (35)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
7/8 (22)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Grey
Cast
Iron
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
265
285
285
300
300
345
355
225
240
240
250
250
280
290
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
M16
M20
M20
M24
M24
M30
M30
19
23
23
28
28
-
18
22
22
26
26
33
33
199
211
211
211
211
-
202
212
212
218
218
218
218
3
3
3
3
3
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
20 (1)
26 (1)
26 (1)
34 (1)
-
18
22
22
28
28
36
44
19
19
20
26
-
11 (279)
121/2 (318)
14 (356)
15 (381)
151/2 (394)
91/2 (241)
105/8 (270)
111/2 (292)
121/2 (318)
121/2 (318)
8
12
12
12
12
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
81/2 (216)
81/2 (216)
81/2 (216)
81/2 (216)
81/2 (216)
1 (25)
-
13/16 (21)
1/16 (2)
3/4 (19)
1 (25)
17/16 (37)
17/8 (48)
23/16 (56)
31/4 (83)
81/4 (210)
13/16 (21)
11/16 (17)
13/16 (21)
11/16 (17)
11/16 (17)
7/8 (22)
11/16 (17)
11/16 (17)
1 (25)
13/8 (35)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
1 (25)
11/8 (29)
13/8 (35)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
13/16 (30)
1 (25)
248
0813_v3
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
FLANGE TABLES
PN 6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
320
340
340
360
375
415
430
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
M16
M20
M20
M24
M27
M33
M33
19
23
23
28
31
-
18
22
22
26
30
36
36
254
266
266
274
284
-
258
268
268
278
285
285
285
3
3
3
3
3
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
8
12
12
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
105/8 (270)
105/8 (270)
105/8 (270)
1/16 (2)
7/8 (22)
12
12
13/8 (35)
15/8 (41)
11/2 (38)
13/4 (44)
105/8 (270)
105/8 (270)
1/4 (6)
111/2 (292) 8
111/2 (292) 8
111/2 (292) 8
123/4 (324) 12
123/4 (324) 12
5/8 (16)
5/8 (16)
101/4 (260)
280
295
295
310
320
345
360
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
Grey
Cast
Iron
22 (1)
26 (1)
30 (1)
34 (1)
-
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
-
20
24
24
30
34
42
52
20
20
22
30
-
21/2 (64)
35/8 (92)
7/8 (22)
3/4 (19)
1/2 (13)
7/8 (22)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
1 (25)
11/8 (29) 1 (25)
11/2 (38) 11/4 (32)
3/4 (19)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Grey
Cast
Iron
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
375
395 (2)
405 (2)
425
450
470
505
335
350
355
370
385
400
430
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
M16
M20
M24
M27
M30
M33
M36
19
23
28
31
34
-
18
22
26
30
33
36
39
309
319
319
330
345
-
312
320
320
335
345
345
345
3
3
3
3
3
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
24 (1)
28 (1)
32 (1)
-
22
26
26
32
38
46
60
22
22
24.5
34.5
-
16 (406)
171/2 (445)
20 (508)
211/2 (546)
23 (584)
141/4 (362)
151/4 (387)
17 (432)
181/2 (470)
19 (483)
12
16
16
16
12
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
-
1 (25)
11/8 (29)
13/8 (35)
11/2 (38)
2 (51)
123/4 (324)
123/4 (324)
123/4 (324)
123/4 (324)
123/4 (324)
1/16 (2)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
17/8 (41)
13/16 (30)
-
1 (25)
-
13/16 (30)
17/8 (41)
21/2 (64)
23/4 (70)
41/4 (108)
16 (406)
16 (406)
16 (406)
17 (432)
17 (432)
14 (356)
14 (356)
14 (356)
15 (381)
15 (381)
8
8
12
12
12
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
121/4 (311)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
15/16 (24)
3/4 (19)
3/4 (19)
1 (25)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
11/8 (29) 1 (25)
15/8 (41) 13/8 (35)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
13/8 (35)
0813_v3
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) For ductile iron pipes and fittings the outside diameters shall be: for PN10, D = 400mm, for PN16, D = 400mm
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
249
FLANGE TABLES
PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
M20
M20
M24
M27
M30
M33
M39
23
23
28
31
34
-
22
22
26
30
33
36
42
363
370
370
389
409
-
365
370
378
395
410
410
410
4
4
4
4
4
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
19 (483) 17 (432) 12
201/2 (521) 173/4 (451) 16
22 (559) 191/4 (489) 20
24 (610) 21 (533) 20
261/2 (673) 221/2 (571) 16
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
1 (25)
-
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
15 (381)
15 (381)
15 (381)
1/16 (2)
13/8 (35)
2 (51)
11/2 (38)
21/8 (54)
15 (381)
15 (381)
1/4 (6)
18 (457)
18 (457)
18 (457)
191/4 (489)
191/4 (489)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
3/4 (19)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
141/4 (362)
440
445 (2)
460 (2)
485
515
530
585
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
395
400
410
430
450
460
500
16 (406)
16 (406)
16 (406)
171/4 (438)
171/4 (438)
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
8
12
12
16
16
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
Grey
Cast
Iron
24 (1)
28 (1)
32 (1)
40 (1)
-
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
-
15/16 (24)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
11/8 (29) 1 (25)
11/4 (32) 11/8 (29)
13/4 (44) 11/2 (38)
22
26
28
34
42
52
68
24.5
24.5
27.5
39.5
-
11/4 (32)
2 (51)
25/8 (67)
31/8 (80)
47/8 (124)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
11/8 (29)
11/2 (38)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) For ductile iron pipes and fittings the outside diameter shall be: for PN10, D = 455mm; for PN16, D = 455 mm
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
M20
M20
M24
M30
M33
M36
M45
23
23
28
34
37
-
22
22
26
33
36
39
48
413
429
429
448
465
-
415
430
438
450
465
465
465
4
4
4
4
4
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
26 (1)
30 (1)
36 (1)
44 (1)
-
22
26
30
38
46
56
74
24.5
26.5
30
44
-
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
15/8 (41)
23/8 (60)
161/4 (413)
161/4 (413)
161/4 (413)
161/4 (413)
161/4 (413)
1/16 (2)
13/8 (35)
-
13/8 (35)
21/8 (54)
23/4 (70)
3/8 (86)
51/4 (133)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)
161/2 (419)
1 (25)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
15/8 (41)
490
505
520
555
580
600
655
445
460
470
490
510
525
560
12
16
16
16
16
16
16
21 (533)
23 (584)
233/4 (603)
251/4 (641)
291/2 (749)
183/4 (476)
201/4 (514)
203/4 (527)
22 (559)
25 (635)
12
20
20
20
16
203/4 (527)
203/4 (527)
203/4 (527)
213/4 (552)
213/4 (552)
181/2 (470)
181/2 (470)
181/2 (470)
191/2 (495)
191/2 (495)
8
12
12
16
16
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
Dia.
of
bolts
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
Grey
Cast
Iron
1 (25)
1 (25)
11/8 (29) 1 (25)
11/4 (32) 1 (25)
13/8 (35) 11/4 (32)
17/8 (48) 15/8 (41)
250
0813_v3
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
FLANGE TABLES
PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
540
565
580
620
660
670
715
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
495
515
525
550
585
585
620
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
M20
M24
M27
M33
M36
M39
M45
23
28
31
37
41
-
22
26
30
36
39
42
48
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
465
482
490
505
535
535
535
4
4
4
4
4
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
28 (1)
32 (1)
38 (1)
48 (1)
-
22
26
32
40
50
60
78
24.5
28
32
48
-
17/16 (37)
-
17/16 (37)
21/4 (57)
3 (76)
31/2 (89)
53/4 (146)
1 (25)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
13/4 (44)
181/2 (470)
181/2 (470)
181/2 (470)
1/16 (2)
15/8 (41)
21/2 (64)
13/4 (44)
25/8 (67)
181/2 (470)
181/2 (470)
1/4 (6)
223/4 (578)
223/4 (578)
223/4 (578)
24 (610)
24 (610)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)
1 (25) 11/8 (29) 11/8 (29)
19 (483)
201/2 (521)
201/2 (521)
201/2 (521)
213/4 (552)
213/4 (552)
12
12
12
20
20
7/8 (22)
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
463
480
480
503
535
-
Grey
Cast
Iron
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
M20
M24
M27
M33
M36
-
23
28
31
37
41
-
22
26
30
36
39
-
518
530
548
548
560
-
520
532
550
555
560
-
4
4
4
4
4
-
2
2
2
2
2
-
28 (1)
32 (1)
40 (1)
50 (1)
-
22
28
40
46
57
-
25.5
30
34.5
49
-
19/16 (40)
-
19/16 (40)
23/8 (60)
31/4 (83)
4 (102)
63/8 (162)
11/16 (27)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
11/2 (38)
21/8 (54)
11/16 (27)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
13/8 (35)
17/8 (48)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
13/8 (35)
17/8 (48)
595
615
640
670
685
-
550
565
585
600
610
-
16
20
20
20
20
-
25 (635)
28 (711)
291/4 (743)
31 (787)
36 (914)
223/4 (578)
243/4 (629)
253/4 (654)
27 (686)
301/2 (775)
16
24
20
20
16
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
13/4 (44)
2 (51)
27/8 (73)
21 (533)
21 (533)
21 (533)
21 (533)
21 (533)
1/16 (2)
251/4 (641)
251/4 (641)
251/4 (641)
261/2 (673)
261/2 (673)
23 (584)
23 (584)
23 (584)
24 (610)
24 (610)
12
12
16
20
20
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
11/4 (32)
11/4 (32)
21 (533)
7/8 (22)
7/8 (22)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
Grey
Cast
Iron
0813_v3
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
251
FLANGE TABLES
PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
PN100
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
645
670
715
730
755
800
870
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
600
620
650
660
670
705
760
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Dia.
of
bolts
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
M20
M24
M30
M33
M39
M45
M52
23
28
34
37
44
-
22
26
33
36
42
48
56
Grey
Cast
Iron
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
568
582
609
609
615
-
570
585
610
615
615
615
615
4
4
4
4
4
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
30 (1)
34 (1)
42 (1)
52 (1)
-
24 (2)
28 (2)
44 (2)
48 (2)
57 (2)
68 (2)
94 (2)
26.5
31.5
36.5
52
-
23 (584)
23 (584)
23 (584)
1/16 (2)
111/16 (43)
-
111/16 (43)
21/2 (64)
31/2 (89)
21/8 (54)
31/8 (79)
23 (584)
23 (584)
1/4 (6)
41/4 (108)
7 (178)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
7/8 (22)
1 (25)
1 (25)
11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32)
11/8 (29) 11/4 (32) 11/4 (32)
231/2 (597)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
15/8 (41)
21/4 (57)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
2 (51)
11/4 (32)
11/2 (38)
2 (51)
20
24
24
20
16
2 (51)
3 (76)
273/4 (705)
273/4 (705)
273/4 (705)
29 (737)
29 (737)
12
16
16
24
24
7/8 (22)
251/4 (641)
251/4 (641)
251/4 (641)
261/2 (673)
261/2 (673)
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
7/8 (22)
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) These flange thicknesses are changed substantially as a result of the flange calculation method used in BS EN 1092-1
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
PN6
PN10
PN16
PN25
PN40
PN64
ANSI
Class 125/150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
BS 10
Table A
Table D
Table E
Table F
Table H
Dia.
of
flange
755
780
840
845
890
930
Bolt
No.
circle
of
diameter bolts
705
725
770
770
795
820
20
20
20
20
20
20
Dia.
Dia.
Height
Height
of raised of raised of raised of raised
face(3) face(3) face(3) face(3)
Iron
Steel
Iron
Steel
Dia.
of
holes
Iron
Dia.
of
holes
Steel
M24
M27
M33
M36
M45
M52
28
31
37
41
50
-
26
30
36
39
48
56
667
682
720
720
735
-
670
685
725
720
735
735
5
5
5
5
5
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
30 (1)
36 (1)
48 (1)
-
30
34
54
58
72
76
30
36
42
58
-
17/8 (48)
-
17/8 (48)
23/4 (70)
4 (102)
51/2 (140)
8 (203)
13/16 (30)
13/8 (35)
15/8 (41)
13/4 (44)
21/2 (64)
13/16 (30)
13/8 (35)
11/2 (38)
15/8 (41)
21/4 (57)
13/8 (35)
11/2 (38)
15/8 (41)
21/4 (57)
20
24
24
20
16
13/8 (35)
15/8 (41)
2 (51)
25/8 (67)
35/8 (92)
271/4 (692)
271/4 (692)
271/4 (692)
271/4 (692)
271/4 (692)
1/16 (2)
321/2 (826)
321/2 (826)
321/2 (826)
331/2 (851)
331/2 (851)
12
16
16
24
24
1 (25)
1 (25)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/4 (32)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
11/8 (29)
11/8 (29)
11/4 (32)
13/8 (35)
13/8 (35)
271/2 (699)
293/4 (756)
293/4 (756)
293/4 (756)
303/4 (781)
303/4 (781)
Thickness of flange
Copper Cast and Ductile
Alloy
Forged
Cast
Steel
Iron
Dia.
of
bolts
1/16 (2)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/4 (6)
1/16 (2)
Grey
Cast
Iron
252
0813_v3
(1) These flange thicknesses are also valid for ductile iron flanges type 21-2
(2) These flange thicknesses are changed substantially as a result of the flange calculation method used in BS EN 1092-1
(3) Copper alloy flanges are always flat-faced
TYPICAL KV VALUES
Typical Kv Values
BALL VALVE
CHECK VALVE
STRAINER
ie. Fig. 47
Size
15
20
25
32
40
50
Kv
31
45
63
102
375
420
Size
15
20
25
32
40
50
Kv
6.61
17.75
29.35
37.82
62.1
114
Size
15
20
25
32
40
50
BUTTERFLY VALVE
CHECK VALVE
STRAINER
Size
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
Kv
227
350
696
1186
1832
3638
6194
9570
8163
12083
14169
18512
24208
Size
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
GATE VALVE
GLOBE VALVE
ie. Fig. 30
ie. Fig. 5
Size
15
20
25
32
40
50
Kv
14
32
57
90
129
230
Size
15
20
25
32
40
50
GATE VALVE
GLOBE VALVE
Size
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
Kv
360
519
923
1443
2077
3693
5771
8310
Size
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
Kv
187
496
599
799
1428
2129
2725
3850
Size
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
Kv
5.6
8.5
15.1
26.4
31.9
52.5
Kv
59
93
136
229
363
499
817
1361
1928
FOR BRONZE
COMMISSIONING VALVES
Kv
3.05
5.71
10
14.22
18.79
34.23
FOR IRON
COMMISSIONING VALVES
See page 45
Kv
71
109
168
264
380
676
1065
1515
0813_v3
253
254
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Quality Assurance
WRc Evaluation and Testing Centre
The WRc Evaluation and Testing Centre is
responsible for the Water Regulations Advisory
Scheme, with testing and approval of water fittings
meeting the requirements of the United Kingdom
Water Regulations/Bylaws (Scotland).
Valves for use in public water supply systems and
domestic situations must not contravene the United
Kingdom Water Regulations. Valves which are
designated WRAS Approved Product and listed in
the Water Fittings and Materials Directory will not
contravene those bylaws.
Many Hattersley valves have been tested and
certified as being WRAS Approved Products and are
listed in the Water Fittings and Materials Directory.
The Kitemark
The Kitemark is a registered trademark owned by
British Standards Institution and may only be used
by manufacturers who are approved licensees and
whose products fully comply with the individual
product standards.
Annual product audits and regular surveillance
visits by BSI ensure continuing compliance with
specification requirements and confirm acceptable
Quality Systems to BS EN ISO 9000.
CE Mark
The symbol shown is the European mark for product certification.
255
256
S Shand-Brown
HATTERSLEY PROJECTS
Hattersley Projects
Project
Sector
Mixed Use
Commercial
Commercial
48
Arts
50
Commercial
61
Commercial
74
Public Sector
78
Hotels
98
Retail
128
Infrastructure
148
Commercial
150
Infrastructure
154
Leadenhall, London
Commercial
173
Public Sector
174
Commercial
176
Commercial
196
204
Commercial
219
Sports
220
222
Hotels
236
Arts
242
Education
254
Commercial
256
Page
Cover
257
Page
Fig. No.
Page
BALANCING VALVES
Balancing Automatic
1050 ..................................................18
1051 ..................................................19
2050 ..................................................20
Balancing Static
631 ....................................................22
750 ....................................................23
1000 ..................................................24
1000L ................................................25
1000M ...............................................25
1432 ..................................................26
1432L ................................................26
1432C ...............................................26
1432LC .............................................26
1732 ..................................................27
1732M ...............................................27
1732L ................................................27
1732C ...............................................27
1732MC ............................................27
1732LC .............................................27
S1832................................................28
S1832M.............................................28
S1832L..............................................28
1200DR .............................................29
M2000..........................................30-31
M3000 ...............................................32
M4000 ...............................................33
MH733 ..............................................34
MH737 ..............................................35
953 ....................................................36
953G .................................................36
973 ....................................................37
973G .................................................37
4983G ...............................................38
5953 ..................................................39
5953G ...............................................39
5973 ..................................................40
5973G ...............................................40
4993G ..........................................41-44
Fig. No.
Page
TRADITIONAL VALVES
Differential Pressure
Control Valves
F400..................................................53
R400..................................................53
DPF1732 ...........................................54
302 ....................................................56
Hook-Up II
C266 .................................................62
H266 .................................................62
C268 .................................................63
H268 .................................................63
C267 .................................................64
H267 .................................................64
C269 .................................................65
H269 .................................................65
C262 .................................................66
H262 .................................................66
C264 .................................................67
H264 .................................................67
Air Vents/De-Aerators
775 ....................................................84
Ball Valves
100 ....................................................86
100EXT .............................................86
100TH ...............................................87
100LS................................................87
100C .................................................88
100CEXT...........................................88
100CTH.............................................89
100CLS .............................................89
100YL................................................90
100CYL .............................................91
108C .................................................92
113 ....................................................93
100HU...............................................94
107HU...............................................95
1807 ..................................................96
1807C ...............................................97
Butterfly Valves
366P..................................................68
366PF................................................68
1366P................................................69
1366PF..............................................69
368P..................................................70
368PF................................................70
1368P................................................71
1368PF..............................................71
370P..................................................72
370PF................................................72
1370P................................................73
1370PF..............................................73
950 ..................................................100
950G ...............................................100
970 ..................................................101
970G ...............................................101
950W...............................................102
950WG............................................102
970W...............................................103
970WG............................................103
951 ..................................................104
951G ...............................................104
971 ..................................................105
971G ...............................................105
980 ..................................................106
4970 ................................................107
4970G .............................................107
4990 ................................................108
4990G ......................................109-114
Pressure Independent
Control Valves
305 ....................................................76
305F..................................................77
MultiComm
MultiComm ..................................79-80
ProComm
ProComm ....................................81-82
258
Fig. No.
Page
Fig. No.
Page
Check Valves
Globe Valves
42 ....................................................116
47 ....................................................117
48 ....................................................118
49 ....................................................119
249 ..................................................120
249C ...............................................120
761 ..................................................121
1013 ................................................122
3047 ................................................123
M650 ...............................................124
M651 ...............................................125
M653 ...............................................126
860 ..................................................127
865 ..................................................127
C4 ...................................................156
5 ......................................................157
5N ...................................................158
5NLS ...............................................158
13 ....................................................159
23 ....................................................160
17 ....................................................161
731 ..................................................162
Gate Valves
33X..................................................130
33XLS .............................................130
30 ....................................................131
30LS................................................131
30C .................................................132
30CLS .............................................132
C31 .................................................133
33 ....................................................134
669 ..................................................135
28 ....................................................136
35 ....................................................137
609 ..................................................138
C618 ...............................................139
M549 ...............................................140
549E................................................140
M552 ...............................................141
552E................................................141
M511 ...............................................142
M541 ...............................................143
541E................................................143
M544 ...............................................144
544E................................................144
M540 ...............................................145
501 ..................................................146
504 ..................................................147
Fig. No.
Page
Check Valves
249 ..................................................207
249C ...............................................207
Non-Return Valves
761 ..................................................208
170M ...............................................165
171M ...............................................165
200M ...............................................166
201M ...............................................166
200R................................................167
201R................................................167
200L/T.............................................168
201T................................................168
201TG .............................................168
221T................................................168
401M ...............................................169
416 ..................................................209
Press-Fit Valves
1432.PF...........................................182
1732.PF...........................................183
100.PF.............................................184
47.PF...............................................185
817.PF.............................................186
Radiator Valves
3150 ................................................189
3250 ................................................190
3300LS............................................191
3400LS............................................192
3180 ................................................193
3280 ................................................194
75/RS ..............................................195
70/RT ..............................................195
Strainers
817 ..................................................198
807 ..................................................199
907 ..................................................199
1807 ................................................200
1807C .............................................201
820 ..................................................202
920 ..................................................202
811 ..................................................203
911 ..................................................203
425 ..................................................210
NABIC
542 ..................................................224
542L ................................................225
500T................................................226
500 ..................................................227
500L ................................................228
500SS .............................................229
500ST..............................................229
520 ..................................................230
255 ..................................................231
256A................................................232
256B................................................232
503 ..................................................233
175 ..................................................234
568 ..................................................235
568SS .............................................235
BROWNALL
AAE - Standard Pressure ...............238
AAE - High Pressure.......................239
AAE - Medium Pressure .................239
Service Kits .....................................239
1688 ................................................240
1988 ................................................241
259
Distributor details
To visit our
Video Library
go to:
www.youtube.com/user/hattersleyvalves
www.hattersley.com
www.flowoffluids.com
www.cranebsu.com
0813_v3
Every effort has been made to ensure that the information contained in this publication is accurate at the time of
publishing. Hattersley Ltd assumes no responsibility or liability for typographical errors or omissions or for any
misinterpretation of the information within the publication and reserves the right to change without notice.